M/S. HIGHBORNE LAMINATES PVT LTD. (New Proposed Resin Manufacturing Project)

Transcription

1 M/S. HIGHBORNE LAMINATES PVT LTD. (New Proposed Resin Manufacturing Project) (Phenol Formaldehyde Resin: 450 MT/month, Melamine Formaldehyde Resin: 225 MT/month, Urea Formaldehyde Resin: 225 MT/month) At Survey No. 326P1, NH-27, Village: Ravapar Nadi, Taluka: Morbi, District: Morbi, Gujarat RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT As per High Court Stay Order No. C/SCA/5312/2016 dated 05/04/2016 (Copy Enclosed in Chapter-10 on page no. 253) Prepared By: T. R. Associates Ganesh Meridian, Block No.: C, Office No. 605-A, Opp. Kargil Petrol Pump, Nr. Sola Over Bridge, S. G. Highway, Ahmedabad trassociates@hotmail.com; trassociates@ymail.com Contact No Year 2016

2 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT DECLARATION BY EXPERTS Declaration by experts contributing to the EIA study for proposed green field project production of synthetic organic chemicals at Survey No. 326P1, Village: Ravapr Nadi, Taluka: Mrbi, District: Morbi in state of Gujarat by M/s Highborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. I, hereby certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the EIA report. Name of the EIA sector number as per NABET 5 (f) Synthetic organic chemical industry sector EIA COORDINATOR : Name : Mr. T. R. Patel Signature & Date : 21/07/2016 Period of Involvement : Contact information : February 2016 on going M/s. T. R. Associates C-605/A, Ganesh Meridian, Opp. Kargil Petrol Pump, S. G. Highway, Ahmedabad. Mo. No.: ID: trassociates@hotmail.com trassociates@ymail.com Period of involvement of all functional Area Experts: February 2016 to Sr. No. Function Area Name of the FAEs Involvement & Task Signature Data collection with site visit for proposed project. AP Verification of primary data for air monitoring. 1. Air Pollution monitoring, prevention & Mr. T. R. Patel Finalization for mitigation of air pollution. Prepared EMP for APCM. Control Compilation of data in the EIA report. Finalization of monitoring location DECLARATION BY EXPERTS 2

3 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT Sr. No. Function Area Name of the FAEs Involvement & Task Signature 2. SHW Solid & Hazardous Waste Management Mr. T. R. Patel Identification & categorization of sources of non-hazardous & hazardous / solid waste from proposed project & management of waste. Identification of impacts related to solid/hazardous waste and suggestions for mitigation measures. Impact assessment & Prepared EMP. Compilation of data in the EIA report. Site visit Planning of sampling network for water quality monitoring. 3. WP Water Pollution monitoring, Mr. T. R. Patel Finalization of analysis results, water balance & working of pollution load, Evaluation of WPCM, prevention & control Mr. Malav Dalwadi# Identification of impacts related to water quantity & quality. Suggestions for mitigation measures as a part of EMP. Compilation of data in the EIA report. Assessment of ambient air quality & calculation of source emission rates. 4. AQ Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & prediction Mrs. Megha Suratwala Collection of meteorological data. Air quality Modeling. Calculation of ground level concentration. Impact assessment. Prepared EMP. Compilation of data in the EIA report. Site visit 5. NV Noise & Vibration Mr. Rajendra Gohil Checking of noise sampling results & analysis of data Identification of impact & mitigation & prepareation of report. DECLARATION BY EXPERTS 3

4 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT Sr. No. Function Area Name of the FAEs Involvement & Task Signature Site visit 6. EB Ecology and Biodiversity Dr. Pankaj Joshi Field survey Assessment of imapcts of proposed project on biological environment Preparation of FAE report RH Site visit 7. Risk & Hazard Management Mr.T. R. Patel Review of Risk Assessment study report for details related to safety consequence analysis. Site visit 8. LU Land Use Vishwas Patel Development of landuse maps of study area using GIS/ realted tools Site visit for ground truth survey Finalization of landuse maps. Preparation of FAE report 9. HG Hydrology, Ground Water & Water conservation Mr. Ishwarbhai M. Patel Assessment of ground water quality dtaa generated Collection of secondary data for hydrology of the study area Identification of impacts 10. GEO Geology Mr. Ishwarbhai M. Patel Collection of secondary data for geology of the Study area. Description of geological status of the area. Preparation of FAE report. Site visit Field survey 11. SE Socio- Economics Mrs. Snehaben Patel Evaluation of socio economy of the study area Assessment of the possible changes to socio-economic issues arising out of the proposed project activity. Note: # : Associate Expert Declaration by Proprietor of Organization I, T. R. Patel, hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts have prepared the EIA report for Proposed project for manufacturing of Synthetic Organic chemicals at Survey No. 326P1, NH-27, Ravapar Nadi Village in Morbi Taluka of Morbi District in state of Gujarat of M/s DECLARATION BY EXPERTS 4

5 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT Highborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. I also confirm that I shall be fully responsible for any misleading information mentioned in this statement. Signature: Name: Designation: Name of the EIA Consultant Organization : Mr. T. R. Patel Proprietor / CEO M/s. T. R. Associates, Ahmedabad, Gujarat. DECLARATION BY EXPERTS 5

6 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT TABLE OF CONTENTS TOR COMPLIANCE...20 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-ENGLISH...31 સ ત અહવ લ- જર ત INTRODUCTION PREAMBLE PURPOSE OF THE EIA REPORT PROMOTERS AND THEIR BACK GROUND NEED OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED EXPANSION AND SITING CRITERIA SCOPE OF EIA STUDY REGULATORY FRAME WORK PROJECT DESCRIPTION INTRODUCTION PROJECT LOCATION Photographs of Project Site Justification of Site Selection Salient features of the Project Site Distance of Critically polluted area from the Project Site PROPOSED PROJECT LAND & PLANT LAY-OUT CAPITAL COST OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT PRODUCT DETAILS MANUFACTURING PROCESS Phenol Formaldehyde Resin Melamine Formaldehyde Resin Urea Formaldehyde Resin Laminated Sheets RAW MATERIALS DETAILS SOLVENT REQUIREMENT & RECOVERY SYSTEM REQUIREMENT OF RESOURCES Electricity / Power Manpower Water Fuel Plant, Machineries & Utilities ENERGY BALANCE POLLUTION POTENTIAL AND MITIGATION MEASURES Water Pollution Air Pollution Solid / Hazardous Waste Noise & Vibration TABLE OF CONTENTS 6

7 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT 2.12 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT INTRODUCTION EIA Methodology for Data Collection Objectives of Baseline Monitoring Study Area Methodology of Baseline Study AIR ENVIRONMENT Micrometeorological Data Selection of AAQ stations Existing AAQ (Pre-expansion) status Results and Discussion NOISE ENVIRONMENT Existing Noise Levels Data Analysis WATER ENVIRONMENT Water Quality Sample collection and analysis Method of Water Sampling LAND ENVIRONMENT Methodology of Sample Collection and Analysis Soil Data Analysis Geo-Hydrological Features Land Use Status Topography Ecology Status SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Introduction Socioeconomics Amenities Site Specific Studies Organization and Manpower Impacts of the proposed project TRAFFIC SURVEY ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES INTRODUCTION IMPACT IDENTIFICATION Identification Matrix Assessment of Impacts MITIGATION MEASURES FOR IMPACTS ON ENVIRONMENT DURING PRE-CONSTRUCTION & CONSTRUCTION PHASE MITIGATION MEASURES FOR IMPACTS ON ENVIRONMENT DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE Land Environment Water Environment TABLE OF CONTENTS 7

8 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT Noise Ecology Occupational Health Socio-economic Environment Air Environment Existing Traffic & Vehicular Pollution ENVIRONMNETAL MANAGEMENT PLAN INTRODUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR THE PROJECT AFTER PROPOSED EXPANSION CLEANER PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGIES RAIN WATER HARVESTING Need for Rainwater Harvesting Advantages of Rainwater Harvesting GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM INTRODUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES DOCUMENTATION AND REPORTING CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC) RISK ASSEMENT AND SAFETY MEASURES OBJECTIVE, PHILOSOPHY & METHODOLOGY OF RISK ASSESSMENT Objective: Philosophy: Methodology: DETAILS OF CHEMICALS TO BE HANDLED DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS TO BE HANDLED HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND PREVENTIVE MEASURES Raw Material Storage Hazards and Controls Process hazards and controls General Hazards and Controls Safe Practice for Handling, Storage, Transportation and Unloading of Hazardous Chemicals Occupational Health Surveillance Programme OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMME CHEMICALS WHICH ARE EXPOSED TO WORKERS DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TREATMENT OF WORKERS AFFECTED BY ACCIDENTAL SPILLAGE OF CHEMICALS Antidotes Details of fire extinguishers Minimization of The Manual Handling of Hazardous Substance DO S AND DONT S TABLE OF CONTENTS 8

9 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT 7.9 RISK ASSESSMENT AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS RISK REDUCTION MEASUREMENT & RECOMMENDATION IN VIEW OF SAFETY CONSIDERATION DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN Post Disaster Analysis and Evaluation General Recommendations The Availability, Organization, and Utilization of Resources for Emergency Emergency Response Room (Safety officer room) Fire Fighting Facilities Other Key Personnel On Site Emergency Plan Locating the plant in open area instead of covered to be reviewed in view of safety consideration Offsite Emergency Preparedness Plan PROJECT BENEFITS EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL IMPROVEMENT IN PHYSICAL & SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) PUBLIC COUNSULTATION DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS DECLARATION FOR INVOLVEMENT IN EIA STUDY COMPANY PROFILE Services Infrastructural facilities TABLE OF CONTENTS 9

10 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT LIST OF ANNEXURES Annexure 1: Terms of Reference Annexure 2: Primary Meteorology Data taken at Project Site Annexure 3: Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency Annexure 4: Land Documents Annexure 5: Material Safety Data Sheet Annexure 6: Public Hearing Minutes LIST OF ANNEXURE 10

11 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT LIST OF TABLES Table 1-1: Details of Product Table 1-2: General Sitting Criteria Table 1-3: Scope of the Study Table 2-1: Salient Features of the Proposed Project Site Table 2-2: Area Break-up of Proposed Project Site Table 2-3: Break-up of capital cost for Proposed Project Table 2-4: Details of Products for Proposed Project Table 2-5: Details of Proposed Raw Materials Table 2-6: Manpower Requirement Table 2-7: Fuel Requirement Table 2-8: List of Plant, Machineries and Utilities Table 2-9: Energy Balance Table 2-10: Stream-wise Water Requirement & Wastewater Generation Table 2-11: Quality of Untreated and Treated Sewage Table 2-12: Quality of Untreated and Treated Effluent Table 2-13: Details of Flue Gas Emissions Table 2-14: Details of Air Pollution Control System Table 2-15: Details of Process Gas Emissions Table 2-16: Details of Hazardous waste Management Table 3-1: Meteorological Data Collection Period Table 3-2: Monthly Mean Values of Meteorological Data (Secondary Data) Table 3-3: Ambient Air monitoring locations Table 3-4: Air Parameters analyzed and sampling duration Table 3-5: Ambient Air Quality - Methodology Table 3-6: Ambient Air Monitoring Results Table 3-7: Noise Monitoring Locations Table 3-8: Hourly Noise data (Day and Night timings in Leq db (A)) Table 3-9: Water Monitoring Locations Table 3-10: Water Quality Physico-chemical Analysis of Ground Water Table 3-11: Water Quality Physico-chemical Analysis of Surface Water LIST OF TABLES 11

12 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT Table 3-12: Soil Sampling Location Table 3-13: Physicochemical Parameters of the Soil Table 3-14: Land Use Land Cover Table 3-15: Taxonomic Status of plant species: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd Table 3-16: Life form Status of plant species: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd Table 3-17: Common Tree species: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd Table 3-18: Wild/Forest Tree species: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd Table 3-19: List of Agriculture and Other Crop Species Recorded: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd Table 3-20: Taxonomical Status of Herpetofauna: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd Table 3-21: Overall Status of Terrestrial and Aquatic Birds: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd Table 3-22: Overall Status of Mammals: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd Table 3-23: List of plant species recommended to plant and improve vegetation cover in and around the project sites Table 3-24: Habitat-wise checklist of Plant Species recorded in and around the Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd Table 3-25: Population Composition Table 3-26: Occupational Structure Table 3-27: Literacy Status Table 3-28: Basic Amenities detail for study villages covered in 10 km radius (As per Rajkot Census 2001 *) Table 3-29: Traffic Count Table Table 4-1: Impact Identification Table 4-2: Impact Assessment Table 4-3: Construction Phase: Impacts & its Mitigation Measures Table 4-4: Details of Flue Gas Stacks Table 4-5: Emissions with & without the air pollution control measures Table 4-6: Predicted 24 hourly short term incremental Concentrations of PM Table 4-7: Predicted 24 hourly short term incremental Concentrations of SO Table 4-8: Predicted 24 hourly short term incremental Concentrations of NO Table 4-9: Assessment of Proposed Expansion in Traffic Load Table 5-1: Environmental Management Plan Table 5-2: Details of Rain Water Harvesting Table 5-3: Details of Plant Species in Greenbelt LIST OF TABLES 12

13 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT Table 5-4: Recurring & Capital Cost for Environmental Management Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Program Table 7-1: Raw Materials and Products Details Table 7-2: Hazardous Chemicals Details Table 7-3: Consequence Analysis LIST OF TABLES 13

14 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT LIST OF FIGURES Figure 2-1: Index Map Figure 2-2: Google Image showing surrounding 1, 5, & 10 Km radius area from the Proposed Project Site Figure 2-3: TOPO Map showing Proposed Project Site Figure 2-4: Google Map showing nearby Major Industries Figure 2-5: Google Image showing Distance of Critically Polluted Area from the Project Site 65 Figure 2-6: Plant Lay-out Figure 2-7: Methanol recovery system Figure 2-8: Water Balance Diagram Figure 2-9: Schematic Diagram of Sewage Treatment Plant Figure 2-10: Schematic Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant Figure 3-1: Wind Rose Diagram for Secondary data collected from IMD Rajkot (March 2015 to May 2015) Figure 3-2: Meteorological Wind Rose Diagram for March 2015 to May 2015 (Primary data) 95 Figure 3-3: Google Image Showing Ambient Air Quality Locations Figure 3-4: Google Image Showing Noise Sampling Locations Figure 3-5: Google Image Showing Water Quality Monitoring Locations Figure 3-6: Google Image Showing Soil Sampling Locations Figure 3-7: Land use and Land Cover Map of the 10 km Radius of the Study Area Figure 3-8: Satellite Image of the 10 km Radius of the Study Area Figure 3-9: Infrastructure Map of the 10 km Radius of the Study Area Figure 3-10: Topography Map of the 10 km Radius of the Study Area Figure 3-11: Percentage of Total Population distribution Figure 3-12: Distribution of Workers Figure 3-13: Literacy Levels Figure 3-14: Image showing Traffic Surveying Location Figure 4-1: Ground level concentration of PM Figure 4-2: Ground level concentration of SO Figure 4-3: Ground level concentration of NO Figure 7-1: BLEVE Methanol Figure 7-2: Methanol Connection Leak-Pool Fire LIST OF FIGURES 14

15 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT Figure 7-3: Methanol Connection Leak-Pool Fire Figure 7-4: Toxic Dispersion Phenol Figure 7-5: Off-Site Disaster Management Plan LIST OF FIGURES 15

16 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS Photograph 2-1: Photographs showing project site Photograph 3-1: Photo of Automatic Weather Station & Air Quality Monitoring Photograph 3-3: Photograph for Ground & Surface Water Sampling LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS 16

17 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT ABBREVIATIONS APHA : American Public Health Association BOD : Biochemical Oxygen Demand BP : Boiling Point COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand D.G. : Diesel Generator DMP : Disaster Management Plan EC : Environmental Clearance EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment EMP : Environmental Management Plan ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant FAE : Functional Area Expert FP : Flash Point GIS : Geographic Information System HSD : High Speed Diesel IMD : Indian Meteorological Department KLD : Kilo Liter per Day LEL : Lower Explosive Limit MLSS : Mixed Liquor Suspended Solids MoEF : Ministry of Environment and Forest MSIHC : Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical MT : Metric Tonnes NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education and Training PHC : Personal and Home Care PM : Particulate Matter PPE : Personal Protection Equipment SEIAA : State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authority TDS : Total Dissolved Solids TLV : Threshold Limit Value TSDF : Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility TOR : Terms of References UEL : Upper Explosive Limit ABBREVIATIONS 17

18 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED ACCIDENT: An accident may be defined as an undesirable and unplanned event with or without or major or minor damage consequence to life and/or property. AMBIENT: Ambient temperature is temperature of the surrounding area. ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY: Atmospheric Stability is defined in terms of vertical temperature gradient in the atmosphere. It is usually described using the system of categories developed by Pasquill. The categories of stability class are identified by the letter A to F (or sometimes A-G) Neutral stability occurs typically, when there is total cloud cover and is designed by category D (The temperature gradient = adiabatic lapse rate) Unstable conditions occur when the sun is shinning. The unstable conditions are designated by the letters A-C with A is the least stable condition stable conditions occur on clear, calm nights, when the air near the ground is stratified and free from turbulence and are designated by the letter E & f. Some times an additional category G is used for exceptionally stable conditions. Neutral conditions correspond to a rate of decrease in temperature with height of about 1 Deg C per meters, vertically. For the dispersion study D & C stability class has been considered. DISASTER:A disaster is catastrophic consequence of a major emergency / accident that leads to, not only extensive damage to life and property but also disrupts all normal human activity for a pretty long time and requires a major national and international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected. EMERGENCY:Emergency means a situation leading to a circumstance or set of circumstances in which there is danger to the life or health of persons or which could result in big fire or explosion or pollution to the work and outside environment, affecting the workers or neighborhood in a serious manner, demanding immediate action. (Ref. Para 2(j) of Part I of Schedule XIX of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(1995). FLAMMABILITY LIMITS (UFL- LFL):In fuel-air system a range of composition exists outside which a flame will not propagate a substantial distance from a ignition source. The limiting fuel concentrations are termed the upper flammable limit (UFL) and lower Flammable Limit (LFL) FLASH POINT:This is defined as the lowest temperature at which vapours above a combustible substance will ignite in air when exposed to a flame. Depending on the test method used, the values given are either Tag closed cup (C. C.) or Cleveland open cup (O, C.) The values, along with those in 6.2 and 6.5 give an indication of the relative flammability of the chemical. In general, the open cup value is about 10o to 15oF higher than the closed cup value. HAZARD:Hazard may be defined as the potential of an accident. Hazard exists in man and the system of materials and machines. IC (INCIDENT CONTROLLER):He has to tackle the situation of operations on process/storage/event/occurrence by taking technical decisions to control the emergency by responding the requisite experienced persons. GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED 18

19 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT IDLH (IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND HEALTH):The level of concentration immediately dangerous to life or health from which a worker could escape without any impairing symptoms or any irreversible health effect (NIOSH/OSHA). The concentrations are reported either parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m 3 ). LC50 (LETHAL CONCENTRATION):Lethal Concentration level for air Bourne toxic substance. LD50 (LETHAL DOSE):The term LD 50 signifies that about 50% of the animals given the specified dose by mouth will die. Thus for a grade 4 chemical (below 50 mg/kg) the toxic dose for 50% of animals weighting 70 kgs (150 lb) is = 3, 500 mg=3.5 gr or less than 1 tea spoonful, it might be as little as a few drops. For a Grade 1 chemical (5 to 15 g/kg) the LD 50 would be between a pint and a quart for a 150 lb man. OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN:The objective of an Off Site Emergency Plan is to protect the life and property of the neighborhood areas of the industrial unit. Off Site Emergency Plan shall be prepared by Government Authorities as per Rule 14 of MSIHC Rules 1989 and follow the instruction under provision of CA(EPPR) Rules ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN:On Site Emergency Plan is to be prepared by occupier of industrial Units as per Schedule 8A under Rule 68(J)(12) of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(2004). Ref: Section 41(B)(4) of The Factories Act 1948, Schedule XI under Rule 13 of MSIHC Rules 1989, and Rule 5,7, & 9 of CA(EPPR) Rules OVER PRESSURE:Maximum pressure above atmosphere pressure experienced during the pressure of a blast wave from an explosion. SPECIFIC GRAVITY:The specific Gravity of a chemicals is the ratio of the weight of the solid or liquid to the weight of an equal volume of water at 4 O C (or at some other specified temperature) If the specific gravity is less than 1.0 (or less than 1.03 in sea water) the chemical will float, if higher it will sink. TLV (THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE):TLV refer to airborne concentration of substances. There are three categories of TLV. TLV for gases and vapour is usually expressed in PPM. (Part of the gas/vapour/million parts of air) mg/m 3 : milligram/cubic meter. TOXICITY:The ability of a substance to cause damage to living tissue, impairment of the central nervous system, serve illness or death when ingested, inhaled or absorbed by the skin. GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED 19

20 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT TOR COMPLIANCE Compliance statement is prepared for Terms of Reference received wide letter no.:j /80/2016-IA II(I) dated 21 st June, 2016 attached wide Annexure 1. TOR. No. A SPECIFIC TOR TOR Condition Compliance status Page no. 1 Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control. 2 Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control. 3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, etc., 4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals. 5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge. Given in Section 2.8 & B From process only trace amount of Methanol will be emitted as process emission. Its control is given in Section B Process Stack details shown in Section B Ambient air quality data includes VOC. Given in Section & Given in Section C & Section-6.2 Given in Section A & B 6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted. There would be no or minimal odour generation in the proposed project. Also Methanol emitted will be recovered as given Section B 7 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding Not Applicable. signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated. 8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any. 78 & & Authorization/ Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP is not applicable for proposed project. For Solid/hazardous waste; It will be done after getting Environmental Clearance. 9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. Evaporator Residue will be disposed 89 off with ETP sludge as given in Table Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used. Given as Annexure Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF are being used /will be used. It will be obtained after commissioning of Project. 87 TOR COMPLIANCE 20

21 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT TOR. No. TOR Condition Compliance status Page no. 12 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF. 13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/ solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated. 14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of B workers engaged in handling of toxic materials. ADDITIONAL TOR 1 Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised and commitments made by the project proponent on the same should be included in EIA/EMP report in the form of tabular chart with financial budget for complying with the commitments made. It will be obtained after commissioning of Project. It is given in Section Given in Section Given in Annexure Briquetted to be used only in place of coal. Given in Table 2-7. In case of Non-availability of Briquettes we need to use coal. During EC presentation at MoEF, Delhi we will try to convince committee to give permission for use of coal. Also Air Pollution Control Measures discussed in Table 2-14 are designed for worst case scenario (i.e. for Coal) and same will be installed in plant. ANNEXURE - I : GENERIC TOR IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR 1 Executive Summary Given after ToR Compliance Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including ii. NABET accreditation Information about the project proponent 79 Given in Chapter Given in Section iii. Importance and benefits of the project Given in Section Project Description i. Cost of project & time of completion Given in Section ii. Product with capacities for the proposed project Given in Section iii. If expansion project, details of existing Not applicable as this is a proposed --- products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any project iv. List of raw materials required and their Given in Table TOR COMPLIANCE 21

22 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT TOR. No. TOR Condition Compliance status Page no. source along with mode of transportation. v. Other chemicals & materials required with quantities and storage capacities Given in Table vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their Details of air emission is given in Section management. Details of effluent is given in 81 Section Details of hazardous waste generation & their management is 89 given in Section vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract) Water requirement : 52.5 KL/day Power requirement : 300 KVA from PGVCL Power approval obtained from PGVCL Water balance diagram is given in Figure viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided. ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems. x. Expansion/modernization proposals: a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forest as per circular dated 30 th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing/existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. Process description with process flow chart is given in Section 2.6 Major equipments & machineries 80 are given in Table 2-9 Given in Section Not applicable as this is a proposed --- project TOR COMPLIANCE 22

23 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT TOR. No. TOR Condition Compliance status Page no. b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate ( in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY ) obtained form the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents form the SPCB shall be submitted. 4 Site Details i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered. ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all ecosensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places. iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site. iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. v. Google map-earth downloaded of the project site. vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/estate/complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/estate. Not applicable as this is a proposed project Location of the project site 58 covering village, Taluka/ Tehsil, District and State is given in Figure 2-1. Site alternatives are given in 90 Section 2.12 Given in Figure Not done --- Given in Table Google map & Earth image of 59 Project site given as Figure 2-2 Plant Layout attached as Figure TOR COMPLIANCE 23

24 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT TOR. No. TOR Condition Compliance status Page no. vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular. viii. Land use break-up of total land of the project site {identified and acquired), government/privateagricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included.(not required for industrial area). ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area {10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included. xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5 km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects) xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land. xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy 5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable): i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable) ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more Given as Section Given as Section Given as Figure Land use details of the study area 132 Section Given as Section Given as Section Land is already acquired. Land document attached as Annexure 4 Not applicable as this is a small project Not applicable ---- Land use details of the study area. Figure 3-7. There is no any forest land involve in proposed project. 136 TOR COMPLIANCE 24

25 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT TOR. No. iii. than 40 ha) TOR Condition Compliance status Page no. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife 6 Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall. Not applicable ---- There is not any Nearby national parks, sanctuaries form project site Not applicable ---- Not applicable ---- Site specific micro-meteorological data are given in Annexure ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov along with Baseline methodology is given in Section 3.1. AAQ data and monitoring station details are given in Section Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency is given in Annexure TOR COMPLIANCE 25

26 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT TOR. No. TOR Condition Compliance status Page no. min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF & CC guidelines. v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF & CC, if yes give details. vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included. vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area. viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished. xi. Socio-economic status of the study area. 7 Impact and Environment Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the 98 % values for each of the AAQ parameters is given in Section Given in Table Not applicable -- Given in Section Given in Section Given in Section Given in Section Given in Section Given in Section Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site is given in Figure 4-1, Figure 4-2, Figure 4-3, Table 4-6, Table 4-7 & Table 4-8. Not Applicable as our project is located in flat terrain TOR COMPLIANCE 26

27 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT TOR. No. TOR Condition Compliance status Page no. potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. Details of model used and input data are given in Section A 193 ii. Water Quality modelling in case of Not applicable discharge in water body iii. Impact of the transport of the raw Given in Section materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined. iv. A note on treatment of wastewater Details of effluent is given in from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules. Section A & B v. Details of stack emission and action Given in Section plan for control of emissions to meet standards. vi. Measures for fugitive emission control Given in Section C 88 vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of wasteminimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. Given in Section TOR COMPLIANCE 27

28 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT TOR. No. viii. ix. TOR Condition Compliance status Page no. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, A detailed plan of action shall be provided. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included. xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted. xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan. 8 Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Given in Section Given in Section Given in Section Given in Table Given in Table Given in Section Fund allocation for occupational 206 Health and Safety given in Table 5-4 Not Applicable as ours is a proposed Project. Arrangements for Health and safety of workers in future is given in 233 TOR COMPLIANCE 28

29 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT TOR. No. iii. TOR Condition Compliance status Page no. Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved, Section 7.10 Not Applicable as ours is a proposed Project. Measures to be taken by the company after commissioning is given in Section iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety. 9 Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process /procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given. iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report After commissioning of Project, all the Data of the medical checkups of workers will be kept properly and report will be provided. Given in Section Given in Section Given in Section Given in Section TOR COMPLIANCE 29

30 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT TOR. No. TOR Condition Compliance status Page no. 10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase. 11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon. 12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/atr to the notice(s) and present status of the case. 13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORs. 14 The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a period of three years for submission of the EIA-EMP reports. Given in Section Given in Section Not Applicable as ours is a proposed Project. Given here TOR COMPLIANCE 30

31 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-ENGLISH 1. Introduction Highborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. is the proposed new company for manufacturing of Laminated sheets (1,50,000 Sheets/Month) and Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (450 MT/M), Melamine Formaldehyde Resin (225 MT/M) and Urea Formaldehyde resin (225 MT/M) which is to be located at Survey No. 326P1 Ravapr Nadi Village in Morbi Taluka of Morbi Gujarat. Proposed unit will manufacture resins for captive consumption in manufacturing of laminated sheets within its premises and for sale outside. The total land area of company is 13,962 Sq. mt. out of which 4620 Sq. mt. land will be used for greenbelt area development. The estimated cost of the Resin project is 1.01 Crore. Total budget allocation towards Environmental Management Facilities will be Rs. 35 lacs and recurring cost will be 32.5 Lacs. Total 70 persons will be employed including skilled labours, unskilled labours and office staff. M/s. T. R. Associates has carried out EIA/EMP studies for Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India. Production details are given below No. Product Total Quantity 1. Phenol Formaldehyde Resin 450 MT/month 2. Melamine Formaldehyde Resin 225 MT/month 3. Urea Formaldehyde Resin 225 MT/month 4. Laminated Sheets 1,50,000 Nos./Month The proposed product Laminated Sheets does not attract environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi but the intermediate product Phenol Formaldehyde Resin, Melamine Formaldehyde Resin and Urea Formaldehyde Resin falls under clause No.5 (f) of category A as stated in Environment Impact Assessment Notification published on 14 th September 2006 and hence the project proponent has to obtain the Environmental Clearance from New Delhi. As a part of this procedure, Public Hearing is required to be carried out as per the notification as well as the TOR granted to the unit by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-2). This study of Rapid Environment Impact assessment (EIA) is based on studies carried out during the month March to May The environmental parameters (ambient air, water, soil, noise, flora and fauna) selected for study are those, which are likely to be most affected by the project. The study area is defined as an area within 5.0 Km. radius from center of the site. Socio-economic environment study is only carried out from 10 Km. radius from center of the site. ***: Baseline monitoring had been carried out in March 2016 to May 2016 at 8 locations as mentioned in proposed ToR written in Form-1. Subsequently, we have received ToR minutes wide letter No. J-11011/80/2016-IA II(I) dated 21 st June 2016, Annexure 1,which states that AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NO 2, CO and other EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 31

32 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests Salient Features with in 10 km radius surroundings area as follows: Sr. No. Important Features Description 1 Location of Proposed Project Survey No.: 326p1, Village: Ravapar Nadi, Taluka: Morbi, District: Morbi, Gujarat. 2 Corporate office address Highborne Laminates Pvt Ltd C/O Patel Pan. Nr. RudraPlaza, Opp. Omshanti Complex, Nr. Bapa Sitaram Chowk, Ravapar Road, Morbi Proponent Name Mr. Anilbhai G. Sitapara (Director) Contact No.: Mr. Udaykumar A. Sitapara (Director) Contact No Mr. Vishal R. Thoriya (Director) Contact No.: Mr. Jigarkumar R. Sitapara (Director) Contact No.: GPS Coordinates Node Latitude Longitude A 22 56' 20.50" N 70 48' 36.83" E B C 22 56' 22.25" N 70 48' 39.35" E 22 56' 31.28" N 70 48' 36.35" E D 22 56' 30.05" N 70 48' 33.61" E 5 MSL 32 m 6 Temperature range 18 C to 43 C 7 Annual Rain fall 551 mm 8 Nearest power station Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited (PGVCL), Morbi 9 Nearest Road SH 1.37 Km in East 10 Nearest Railway station Km, NNW 11 Nearest Air Port Km in S 12 Nearest Sea Port Navlakhi Km in W Kandla 64.9 Km in W Mundra Km in W 13 Nearest Town Km in SSE 14 Nearest Village 0.60 Km, SE 15 National Highway NH 1.37 Km, E 16 State Highway SH 8.92 Km in ESE 17 Seismic Zone Zone-III (Less Active) 18 National Parks / Sanctuary None within surrounding 10 Km radius area EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 32

33 TALUKA: MORBI, DISTRICT: MORBI, GUJARAT 2. Air Environment The base line Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) status within 10 KM study area has been assessed through a monitoring network of 8 AAQ sampling stations during 1 st March to 31 st May Map showing 10 Km radius area is shown here. Design of network for Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations were decided on meteorology & available infrastructure facilities. The base-line Ambient Air Quality of the study area was monitored for Particulate Matter (PM 10 & PM 2.5 ), Sulphur Dioxide (SO 2 ) and Nitrogen Dioxide (NO 2 ), VOC, & CO. The result for the same is given as below: Name of the villages for baseline monitoring: Code Ambient Air Location Distance in km Direction GPS Coordinates A1 Project Site A2 Kerala* 3.95 E A3 Juna Nagdavas 6.77 N A4 Gala 5.72 NE A5 Waghpar 8.99 NNE A6 Juna Derala 3.55 NW A7 Ravapar Nadi 2.35 WSW A8 Haripar* 4.92 E Note: * indicates downwind direction N E N E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E N E 'N 'E 'N 'E EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 33

34 Google Image Showing Ambient Air Quality locations EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 34

35 Ambient Air Quality monitoring results Pollutant Particular Project Site (A1) Kerala (A2) Juna Nagdavas (A3) Gala (A4) LOCATION Waghpar (A5) Juna Derala (A6) Ravapar Nadi (A7) Haripar (A8) Permissible Limits (μg/m 3 ) PM 2.5 μg/m 3 PM 10 μg/m 3 SO 2 μg/m 3 NO 2 μg/m 3 CO = Not Detected VOC = Not Detected Min Max Mean % Min Max Mean % Min Max Mean % Min Max Mean % Analysis of ambient air samples revealed that the Air quality is found well within the prescribed limits of National Ambient Air Quality standards. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 35

36 3. Water Environment Analysis of Ground Water & Surface Water samples revealed that the both ground water quality & surface water quality is satisfactory to serve for domestic purposes as per drinking water quality standards IS: Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Air Environment The main source of gaseous emission is flue gas emission from stack attached to Steam Boiler (5 TPH.), Thermic Fluid Heater (15 Lac KCal/Hr), D. G. Set (380 KVA) & process gas emission from dryer. Coal/ Briquettes will be used as a fuel & the requirement shall be 10 MT/Day. Proper stack height (30 m) will be provided for proper atmosphere dispersion. Dust collector followed by Bag Filter will be provided to Steam boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater. The probable emitted pollutants will be PM, SO 2 & NO 2. However, it will be almost within the prescribed norms. Since Diesel will be used as a fuel for D. G. Set, which will be used in case of power failure, the flue gas emission will also be well within prescribed norms and there is no need of any air pollution control measures for D. G. Set. Condenser will be provided for Methanol Recovery at process gas stack attached with dryer. Water Environment The water requirement of the unit will be satisfied through Bore well. The Industrial water consumption for proposed Resin plant will be 52.5 KLD which will be used for Cooling (makeup), steam boiler & washing purpose. Domestic water consumption for proposed unit will be 7 KLD. The unit will develop Green Belt Area within the industrial premises hence the water requirement for gardening purpose will be 8 KLD (6 KLD Recycled from STP + 2 KLD fresh water). Total industrial wastewater generation will be 14.8 KLD. Process & washing wastewater will be treated using Chemical oxidation treatment; and thereafter it will be mixed with RO-2 rejects, boiler blow down & cooling tower blow down for treatment in evaporation system followed by condenser. Condensate water from condenser will be reused in RO-1. Thus, unit will reuse Effluent. 6 KLD domestic wastewater will be treatment in STP and will be reused for gardening after mixing with 2 KLD fresh water, hence there will not be any adverse effect on water environment. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-ENGLISH 36

37 Bore well Domestic 6 Sewage Treatment Plant Gardening Nil 43.5 Industrial Condensate 11.8 Process Floor Washing RO - 1 Reject Permeate Cooling Tower RO-2 Permeate Fresh Water 12 Effluent Reuse Boiler Reject All values are in KLD Effluent Treatment Plant followed by evaporator Water Balance Diagram EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-ENGLISH 37

38 Collection cum Equalization Tank with Screen Chamber Electro Coagulation Tank Tube Deck Settling Tank Chlorine Dosing Tank Multi Media Filter followed by Activated Carbon Filter Treated Sewage Tank Treated sewage to be reused for greenbelt development Sludge Drying Beds Sludge to be used as manure Schematic Flow Diagram of Sewage Treatment Plant Water from Process & Washing Waste water from Utilities & RO-2 TFH Based Evaporation System Condenser Collection cum Neutralization Tank Chemical Oxidation Tank Nutch Filter /Filter Press Holding Tank Sludge to be sent to TSDF site Condensate to be used for RO-1 Schematic Flow Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant Solid Waste Management The entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled & disposed as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Trans boundary Movement - Rules 2008 (amended time to time). The main hazardous waste generation will be ETP waste, Edge cutting waste, used oil Discarded Plastic Bags & spent carbon. ETP waste will be disposed off at approved TSDF site, used oil will be reused within premises as a lubricant or sold to registered recycler, Edge cutting waste will be disposed to approved incineration facility, discarded plastic bags will be sold to authorized vendor and spent carbon will be disposed to approved incineration facility or will be sold to authorized vendor. The unit will provided isolated area for the storage of hazardous waste. Thus, hazardous waste management system provided by the unit will be adequate and there will not be any major impact on the environment due to hazardous waste management. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-ENGLISH 38

39 Green Belt Development The unit proposes to provide total green belt area upto 4620 Sq. Mt. (33.08 %) area for development. Thus, total water requirement will be 8 KLD (6 KLD Recycled from STP + 2 KLD fresh water). 5. Environment Monitoring Program Monitoring of environmental factors will enable us to identify the changes in the environmental impacts at various locations. To ensure the effective implementation of the EMP, monitoring of ambient air quality, stack emissions, analysis & monitoring of water environment and noise level will be carried out as required / specified by statutory authority. 6. Qualitative Risk Analysis Risk analysis and study have been carried out for identification of hazards, selection of credible scenarios, Risk Mitigation measures etc. All the hazardous chemicals will be stored and handled as per MSDS guidelines. Personal protective equipments will be provided to the labors. 7. Project Benefits The proposed project will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community in terms of infrastructural development, social development, employment and other benefits. The proposed project has a potential for employment of skilled, semiskilled and unskilled employees during construction phase as well as operation phase. A total of 70 nos. of person is likely to get employment due to the project. The project will spend 2.5 % of project cost for socio-economic development & for nearby educational institutes. 8. Conclusion Negligible impacts will occur on air quality. However, all the necessary air pollution control measures will be provided. No ecological damage will occur. No adverse impacts will occur on water environment. Local employment opportunities will increase. Various other environment parameters like Forest/ National Park/ Sanctuary and Religious / Historical Places will not be affected. Environment Management Plan has been formulated to control all the pollutant parameters and Environment Management Cell has been set-up to ensure that these parameters do not exceed the norms set out by the concerned authorities. After commissioning of the proposed project the Environmental Management Cell will take care of all the pollution control measures. It can be concluded that positive implementation of mitigation measures and environmental management plan during the construction & operational phase, there will be negligible impact on the environment. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-ENGLISH 39

40 સ ત અહવ લ - જર ત ૧. ત વન મ સસ હ ઈબ ન લ મ ન સ. લ. એ ત વત એકમ છ. આ ત વત એકમ લ મ ન ટડ શ સ (૧,૫૦,૦૦૦ શ સ/ મ સ), ફન લ ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન (૪૫૦ મ.ટન/મ સ), મ લ મ ઈન ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન (૨૨૫ મ.ટન/મ સ) અન રય ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન (૨૨૫ મ.ટન/મ સ) ઉપ કરવ મ ટન દરખ ત કરલ છ. તથ એકમ સવ ન - ૩૨૬ પ ક ૧, ગ મ :-રવ પર નદ, ત. : - મ રબ, જલ. : - મ રબ, જર ત ર જય મ આવ લ છ. ચત ઉ ગ આ રઝ ન ઉપ દન લ મ ન ટડ શ સ બન વવ મ ટ અન બહ ર વ ચવ મ ટ કરશ. ત વત એકમન લ વત ર આશર ૧૩૯૬૨ચ. મ ટર છ. મ થ ૪૬૨૦ ચ.મ. જમ ન ન બ ટ મ ટ ફ ળવવ મ આવશ. આ રઝ ન એકમન થ પત કરવ ન કમત પય ૧.૦૧ કર ડ થશ. મ થ પય વરણ ય યવથ પન પધ ત મ ટ આશર ૩૫ લ ખ ફ ળવવ મ આવશ અન આવતક ખચ ૩૨.૫ લ ખ ત વષ રહશ. આશર ૭૦ મ ણસ ન ર જગ ર આપવ મ આવશ ક મ શળ ક રગર, બ ન શળ ક રગર અન ક ય લયન કમચ રઓ ન સમ વ શ થ ય છ. મ સસ ટ. આર. એસ સ એસ એ MoEF (Ministry Of Environment & Forest, Government Of India) પ સ થ પય વરણ ય મ ર લ વ મ ટ EIA અન EMP અય સ કરલ છ. ઉપ દન વગત મ ક ડટ ન મ મત ૧ ફન લ ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન ૪૫૦ મ.ટન/ મ સ ૨ મ લ મ ઈન ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન ૨૨૫ મ.ટન/ મ સ ૩ રય ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન ૨૨૫ મ.ટન/ મ સ ૪ લ મ ન ટડ શ સ ૧,૫૦,૦૦૦ ન ગ/ મ સ અ નધન ય છ ક લ મ ન ટડ શ સ ઉપ દન મ ટ પય વરણ ય મ ર MoEF (Ministry Of Environment & Forest, Government Of India), નવ દહ પ સ થ લ વ જર નથ પર ફન લ ફ મ ડહ ઈડ, મ લ મ ઈન ફ મ ડહ ઈડ અન રય ફ મ ડહ ઈડ રઝ ન ઉપ દન એ EIA ન ટફકશન-૨૦૦૬ ન વભ ગ-૫ (એફ) મ આવ છ અન લ મ ન ટડ શ સ ઉપ દન કરવ મ ટન ભ ગ છ. આથ પય વરણ ય મ ર (ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE) મ ળવવ ન જરય ત રહલ છ. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-GUJARATI 40

41 આ કય ન ભ ગ પ લ ક ન વણ એ હરન મ મ ણ તથ એપટ એ ઈઝલ કમ ટએ નટન આપ લ TOR મ ણ કરવ મ આવશ. ***:- ફ મ ૧ મ નદ શત કરલ ત વત TOR જબ ૮ થળ એ બ ઝલ ઈન મ ન ટરગ મ ચ ૨૦૧૬ થ મ ૨૦૧૬ દય ન કરવ મ આવ લ છ. ઉપર ત ૨૧ ન ૨૦૧૬મ TOR ન પરખ પ ન : J-11011/80/2016-IA II(I) તગત મળ હત (Annexure 1), જબ AAQ ડટ (વસ દ સ વ ય ) ૮ થળ એ PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO અન બ જર પરબળ મ ટ ભ ગ કરવ ન રહશ. આ થળ ન વર ણ CPCB ન પરખ જબ પરબળ વ ક પવનન દશ, વત, અન સ વ દનશ લ થળ ન ય નમ લઈન કરવ. આસપ સન ૧૦ કમ ય ન વત રન ય લ ણકત ઓ: મ ક ય લ ણત ઓ વણન ૧ ત વત એકમ થ ન સવ ન :- ૩૨૬ પ ક ૧, ગ મ :- રવ પર નદ, ત ક :- મ રબ,લ :- મ રબ. જર ત ર ય. હ ઈબ ન લ મ ન સ.લ. ૨ ક પરટ ઓફસ સરન કર ઓફ પટલ પ ન, લ ઝ ન નક, ઓમ શ ત ક પલ ન સ મ,બ પ સત ર મ ચ કન નક, રવ પર ર ડ, મ રબ અન લભ ઈ સ ત પર, ૯૮૨૫૨૧૧૬૦૩. ૩ પ નટ ન મ ઉદયભ ઈ એ સ ત પર,૯૯૦૯૨૧૧૬૦૩ વશ લભ ઈ આર.થ રય,૯૯૭૮૨૯૪૩૫૪ ગર મ ર આર. સ ત પર, ૯૯૨૫૨૩૧૦૧૫ અ શ Node Latitude Longitude A 22 56' 20.50" N 70 48' 36.83" E ૪ B 22 56' 22.25" N 70 48' 39.35" E C 22 56' 31.28" N 70 48' 36.35" E D 22 56' 30.05" N 70 48' 33.61" E ૫ સ તરન સરર શ ૩૨ મ ટર ૬ ત પમ ન ૧૮ થ ૪૩ o સ ૭ વ ષક વરસ દ ૫૫૧ મ મ ૮ નક વજળ મથક પ મ જર ત વજ ક પન લ મ ટડ ૯ નક ન ર ડ ટટ હ ઈવ - ૨૭ ૧.૩૭ કમ EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-GUJARATI 41

42 મ ક ય લ ણત ઓ વણન ૧૦ નક રવ ટશન નઝરબ ગ રવ ટશન ૧૪.૧ કમ ૧૧ નક એરપ ટ ર જક ટ એરપ ટ ૬૯.૭૫ કમ પ ટ :- ૧૧૪.૦૮ કમ ૧૨ નક દરય ઈ પ ટ ક ડલ પ ટ:- ૬૪.૯ કમ નવલખ પ ટ:- ૩૬.૬૧ કમ ૧૩ નક શહર મ રબ :- ૧૧.૩૫ કમ ૧૪ નક ગ મ શતનગર ૦.૬ કમ ૧૫ ન શનલ હ ઈવ ન શનલ હ ઈવ -૨૭ ૧.૩૭કમ ૧૬ ટટ હ ઈવ ટટ હ ઈવ ૩૨૧ ૮.૯૨ કમ ૧૭ ક પ ઝ ન ઝ ન ૩ (ઓ સય) ૧૮ ર ય ઉપવન- જ ગલ ણ ઓ મ ટ અય રય ૧૦ કમ જય મ નથ ૨. હવ પય વરણ (Air Environment) વતમ ન આસપ સન હવ ન (Ambient Air) ણવ ણવ મ ટ ત વત એકમ થળથ ૧૦ કમ ય ન વ ળ ક ર વત રમ ૮ અલગ અલગ થળ થ વષ -૨૦૧૬મ મ ચ થ મ દર મય ન ન ન લઈન ત ન ચક સણ કરવ મ આવ હત. ૧૦ કમ ય ન વ ળ ક ર વત ર અહ દશ વ લ છ. હવ ન ણવ ન કરવ મ ટન થળન પસ દગ વ શ અન નકન ત વધ ઓન આધ ર ન કરલ હત. હવ ન ણવ ન કરવ મ ટ પટ લ ટ મ ટર (PM10 & PM2.5), સફર ડ ય કસ ઈડ (SO2), ન ઈ જન ડ ય કસ ઈડ (NO2), VOC અન CO ન ચક સણ કરવ મ આવ હત. ન પરણ મ ન ચ ન ટબલમ દશ ય જબ છ. બ ઝલ ઈન મ ન ટરગ મ ટ ગ મ ન ન મ મ ક ગ મ તર (કમ ) દશ.પ.એસ ક ઓડન ટસ A1 ટ સ ઈટ ૦ -- A2 કર ળ * ૩.૯૫ E A3 ન ન ગડ વ સ ૬.૭૭ N A4 ગ લ ૫.૭૨ NE N E N E 'N 'E 'N 'E EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-GUJARATI 42

43 મ ક ગ મ તર (કમ ) દશ.પ.એસ ક ઓડન ટસ A5 વ ઘપર ૮.૯૯ NNE A6 ન દર લ ૩.૫૫ NW A7 રવ પર નદ ૨.૩૫ WSW A8 હરપર * ૪.૯૨ E ન ધ: * ડ ઉનવ ડ ડરશન બત વ છ 'N 'E N E 'N 'E 'N 'E EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-GUJARATI 43

44 એબ યટ એર વ લ ટ થળ દરશ વત નશ EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-GUJARATI 44

45 એબ યટ એર વ લ ટ મ ન ટરગ રઝટ Pollutant Particular PM 2.5 μg/m 3 PM 10 μg/m 3 SO2 μg/m 3 NO2 μg/m 3 CO = Not Detected VOC = Not Detected Project Site (A1) Kerala (A2) Juna Nagdavas (A3) Gala (A4) LOCATION Waghpar (A5) Juna Derala (A6) Ravapar Nadi (A7) Haripar Min Max Mean % Min Max Mean % Min Max Mean % Min Max Mean % (A8) Permissible Limits (μg/m 3 ) એબ ય ટ એરન પરણ મ પરથ ત રણ ક ઢ શક ય ક હવ ન ણવત ન શનલ એબ ય ટ એર વ લ ટન ધ ર ધ રણ જબ છ. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-GUJARATI 45

46 ૩. જળ પય વરણ (Water Environment) ગભ જળ ત મજ જમ ન પરન પ ણ ન ન ન ઓન ણવ પરણ પરથ ત રણ ક ઢ શક ય ક ગભ પ ણ ત મજ જમ ન પર પ ણ IS:10500મ બહ ર પ ડવ મ આવ લ પ વ લ યક પ ણ ન ધ ર ધ રણ જબ છ. ૪. પય વરણ ય અસર અન ત ન શમન (મ ટગ શન) મ ટન પગલ હવ પય વરણ હવ ન ષણન ય ત ચ મન મ થ ન કળત ગ સ ઉસન ક ટમ બ ઈલર (૫ મ. ટન/ કલ ક), થમક ડ હટર (૧૫ લ ખ ક. કલર/ કલ ક), D.G.Set (૩૮૦ KVA) અન યરમ થ નકળત મ ડ છ. ક લસ, બકટસ / લન ઈટ બળતણ તરક વ પરવ મ આવશ ન જરય ત ૧૦ મ.ટન/ દવસ રહશ. ચ મન ન ચ ઈ ૩૦ મ ટર ર ખવ મ આવશ.ડટ કલ ટર, બ ગ ફટર, ટમ બ ઈલર તથ થમક ડ હટર સ થ લગ વવ મ આવશ. સ ભ વત બહ ર ફક ત ષક PM, SO2, & NOx, હશ. ત મ છત આ ષક નયત ધ રણમ રહશ. ય ર ડઝલ, D.G. SET મ બળતણ તરક વ પરવ મ આવશ પ વર ફય ર વખત વપર શ તથ ગ સ એમ શન પણ નયત ધ રણ (PRESCRIBED STANDARD) મ હશ ત થ D.G.Set મ ટ APCM જર નથ. યર સ થ જ ડલ સ સ ગ સન ચ મન મ થ મથ ન લન રકવર મ ટ ક ડનસર લગ વવમ આવશ. પ ણ પય વરણ પ ણ ન જરય ત બ રવ લમ થ સ ત ષવ મ આવશ. લ ત પ ણ ન જરય ત ૫૨.૫ કલ લ ટર/દવસ હશ. મ ઘરગ વપર શ, લગ ટ વરમ વપર શ (મ ક અપ), બ ઈલર(મ ક અપ) મ ટ વપર શ તથ વ શગ મ ટન પ ણ ન વપર શન સમ વ શ થ ય છ. ઘરગ વપર શ મ ટ લ ૭ ક.લ /દવસ પ ણ વપર શ. ત વત એકમમ બગ ચ બન વવ લ ૮ ક.લ./દવસ પ ણ (૬ ક.લ./દવસ એજ ટમ ટ લ ટમ ટડ પ ણ + ૨ ક.લ./દવસ ત પ ણ ). ઓ ગક તઓ ર ૧૪.૮કલ./દવસ ગ પ ણ ઉદભવશ. શ સ અન વ શગ મ થ ન કળત ગ દ પ ણ ન કમ કલ ઓ ડશન ટમટ આપવ મ આવશ અન પછ આર -૨ રટ, બ ઈલર લ ડ ઉન EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-GUJARATI 46

47 અન લગ ટ વર લ ડ ઉન સ થ ભ ળવ ન ઈવ પ રશન સ ટમમ ટ કરવ મ આવશ ; ત મ થ ન કળત કડનસ ટન આર -૧ મ ફરથ વ પરવ મ આવશ. આ રત એકમ એ અટ ફરથ વ પરશ ડ મ ટક (ઘરગ ૦૬ કલ /દવસ) ગ દ પ ણ ન એજ ટમ ટ લ ટમ ટમ ટ આપવ મ આવશ અન ટમ ટ આપ લ એજન ૨ ક. લ /દવસ ત પ ણ સ થ ભ ળવ ન નબ ટ ન વ ક સ મ ટ વ પરવ મ આવશ. ત થ ત વત એકમથ જળ પય વરણ પર ક ઈ મ ટ અસર થશ નહ. વ ટર બ લ સ ડ ય મ અહ દશ વ લ છ. Bore well Domestic 6 Sewage Treatment Plant Gardening Nil 43.5 Industrial Condensate 11.8 Process Floor Washing RO - 1 Reject Permeate Cooling Tower RO-2 Permeate Fresh Water 12 Effluent Reuse Boiler Reject All values are in KLD Effluent Treatment Plant followed by evaporator વ ટર બ લ સ ડ ય મ EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-GUJARATI 47

48 Collection cum Equalization Tank with Screen Chamber Electro Coagulation Tank Tube Deck Settling Tank Chlorine Dosing Tank Multi Media Filter followed by Activated Carbon Filter Treated Sewage Tank Treated sewage to be reused for greenbelt development Sludge Drying Beds Sludge to be used as manure સ વ જ ટમ ટ લ ટ ડ ય મ Water from Process & Washing Waste water from Utilities & RO-2 TFH Based Evaporation System Condenser Collection cum Neutralization Tank Chemical Oxidation Tank Nutch Filter /Filter Press Holding Tank Sludge to be sent to TSDF site Condensate to be used for RO-1 એ અટ ટમ ટ લ ટ ડ ય મ સ લ ડ વ ટ મ ન જમ ટ (મ ન જમ ટ હડલગ અન સ બ ઉ વમ ટ) હઝ ડસ વ ટ નયમ,૨૦૦૮ જબ બધ જ હઝ ડસ વ ટ નય ણ અન નક લ કરવ મ આવશ. ય હઝ ડસ વ ટ, ઈટપ કચર, એજ કટગ વ ટ, વપર ય ઓઈલ, નક મ થ લ ઓ અન પટ ક બન છ. ઈટપ કચર ન મ ર થય લ TSDF Site મ નક લ કરવ મ આવશ, વપર ય ઓઈલ એ જ જય એ કટ તરક ન વપર શ અથવ રસ ઈકલરન વ ચ શ, એજ કટગ વ ટ ન મ ર થય લ ઈસ નરશન ફસ લ ટમ નક લ કરવ મ આવશ, નક મ થ લ ઓ મ ર થય લ વ ડર ન વ ચ શ અન પટ ક બન ન મ ર થય લ ઈસ નરશન ફસ લ ટમ નક લ કરવ મ આવશ અથવ મ ર થય લ વ ડર ન વ ચ શ. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-GUJARATI 48

49 એકમ હઝ ડસ વ ટન સ હ મ ટ અલગ જય ફ ળવશ આથ એકમ ર અપ ય લ હઝ ડસ વ ટ મ ન જમ ટ પત રત હશ અન હઝ ડસ વ ટ મ ન જમ ટન લ ધ પય વરણ પર ક ઈ મ ટ અસર નહ થ ય. ન બ ટ ડવલ પમ ટ એકમ આશર ૪૬૨૦ ચ.મ. (૩૩.૦૮ %) ન બ ટ વ ત રન વક સ કરશ. ન થ જળવપર શ ૮ ક.લ/દ. થશ, ન જરય ત ટમ ટ આપ લ એજથ ર ૬ ક.લ / દવસ અન ત પ ણ ૨ ક.લ /દવસ થ ર પ ડવ મ આવશ. ૫. પય વરણ ય ચક સણ ય જન પય વરણ ય પરબળ ન ચક સણ વ વધ થળ એ પય વરણ ય અસર તથ ત ન ફરફ ર ઓળખવ મ ટ મદદપ થશ. આ હ થ પય વરણ ય યવથ પન ય જન ન પ લન મ ટ આસપ સન હવ ન ણવ ન ચક સણ, ચ મન મ થ નકળત ષક અનન વ ન મ પદ ડન ચક સણ ક યદ મ જણ ય જબ કરવ મ આવશ. ૬. ણ મક રક એન લ સસ જ ખમ રસ યણ મ ટ રક એન લ સસ કરવ મ આવ લ છ. બધ જ જ ખમ રસ યણ ન સ હણ અન નય ણ MSDS ન મ ગદ શક હઠળ કરવ મ આવશ.યતગત ર મક સ ધન ક રગર ન આપવ મ આવશ. ૭. ટ થ થત લ ભ ચત ટ આસપ સન વત રન સ દ યન અથવ મ ળખ કય વક સ, સ મ ક વક સ, ર જગ ર અન અય ક યદ ઓન ટએ લ ભદ ય બનશ. ચત ટ શળ અન અધ શળ અન બન શળ કમ તબ દર મય ન ર જગ ર આપવ ન મત ધર વ છ ચ રઓન બ ધક મ તબ અન ક મગ ર. ૭૦ ટલ યતઓન આ ટ ર ર જગ ર મળ શક છ. આ કટ સ મ ક, આ થક વક સ મ ટ અન શ ણક સ થ ઓ પ છળ લ ફટન ૨.૫ % પય ખચ કરશ. ચત ટ CSR ACTIVITY મ મત જબ ક યરત રહશ. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-GUJARATI 49

50 ૮. ઉપસ હ ર હવ ન ણવ પર નવ અસર થ ય છ.જ ક હવ ષણ નય ણ મ ટન તમ મ પગલ લ વ મ આવશ ક ઈ ઈક લ કલ કશ ન થશ નહ. જળ પય વરણ પર ક ઈ ત ળ અસર થશ નહ. થ નક ર જગ રન તક વધશ. વ વધ પય વરણ ય પરમ ણ વ ક જ ગલ, ર ય બગ ચ, અય રય અન ધ મક તથ ઐત હ સક થળ પર ક ઈ અસર થશ નહ. પય વરણ ય મ ન જમ ટ ય જન બધ ષણ પરમ ણ ન નય ત કરવ મ ટ ઘડવ મ આવ છ.અન આ પરણ મ સ બ ધત સ ધક ર ર થપ ય લ ધ રણ કરત વધ ન ય એ પય વરણ મ ન જમ ટ એકમ ર ખ તર કરવ મ આવ છ. પય વરણ મ ન જમ ટ સ લ ચત કટન શઆત પછ ષણ નય ણન પગલ લ શ. નકષ એ રત કર શક ય ક બ ધક મ અન ક યરત તબ દર મય ન કવ મ આવ લ પય વરણ ય સ ચ લન ય જન અન શમનન પગલ ન હક ર મક અમલ કરણ થ પય વરણ પર થત અસર ન ઘટ ડ શકશ. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY-GUJARATI 50

51 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Preamble M/s. Highborne Laminates Pvt.Ltd. is proposing to manufacture formaldehyde (37%) along with Resins (Phenol Formaldehyde, Melamine Formaldehyde & Urea Formaldehyde) at Survey No. : 326p1, NH-27, Ravapar Nadi, Tal-Dist-Morbi,, Gujarat for their own consumption for making laminated sheets and sale purpose. Production details are given below: Table 1-1: Details of Product Sr. No. Name of Product Capacity per Month 1. Phenol Formaldehyde Resin 450 MT 2. Melamine Formaldehyde Resin 225 MT 3. Urea Formaldehyde Resin 225 MT 4. Laminated Sheets 1,50,000 Sheets 1.2 Purpose of the EIA Report The proposed products like Phenol Formaldehyde Resin, Melamine Formaldehyde Resin and Urea Formaldehyde Resin (being synthetic organic chemicals) falls under Category 5(f) as stated in Environment Impact Assessment Notification Published on 14 th September, Further, the location of proposed project is outside the notified industrial estate and not fall in Small Scale Industrial Unit criteria as per the Notification dated 25 th June Hence, project proponent has to obtain the Environmental Clearance from the Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change, New Delhi. As per requirements of the notification, an application was submitted to Ministry of Environment and Forest on 30 th September 2015 along with Form-1, pre-feasibility report and draft Terms of Reference (ToR). The proposal was considered by the 29 th April, Subsequently the Committee has issued the ToR wide letter No. No. J-11011/80/2016-IA II(I) dated 21 st June Based on the ToR points issued by MoEF, a Draft Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report has been prepared covering all aspects of the ToR. The purpose of the preparation of Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) report is not only to obtain Environment Clearance from Ministry of Environment Forests & Climate Change, Govt. of India, New Delhi and State Pollution Control Board, but also to understand the likely impacts and to take Environment Protection measures during and after commissioning of the project. CHAP-1: INTRODUCTION 51

52 1.3 Promoters and their Back Ground Sr. No. Name of Director Residential Address Age Experience 1 ANILBHAI G. SITAPARA (Director) Contact No.: UDAYKUMAR A. SITAPARA (Director) Contact No.: VISHAL R. THORIYA (Director) Contact No.: Flat-2, Shubhlaxmi Apt., 201, Divya Jivan Society, Sanala Road, Morbi M. No: Flat-2, Shubhlaxmi Apt., 201, Divya Jivan Society, Sanala Road, Morbi M. No: , Madhuram Society, Ravapar Road, Morbi M. No: Yrs 22 Yrs 28 Yrs Experience of 30 years in manufacturing of ceramic and lamnites industries. Experience of 1 year in manufacturing of lamnites industry. Experience of 4 years in IT industry. 4 JIGARKUMAR R. SITAPARA (Director) Contact No.: , Bhavyadeep Apartment, narsang Society, Nr. Bapa Sitaram Chowk, Ravapar Road, Morbi M. No: Yrs Experience of 1 year in manufacturing of lamnites industry. 1.4 Need of the Project and its Importance to the Country This is a small scale new proposed unit having approximately cost of Rs. 1 Crore for Resin plant. Proposed unit will manufacture synthetic organic resins namely Phenol Formaldehyde Resin, Melamine Formaldehyde Resin and Urea Formaldehyde Resin with total production of 900 MT/Month which will be utilized for captive consumption for making laminated sheets as well as for sale purposes. Phenol Formaldehyde resin is found in extremely great number of industrial products. Phenolic laminates are made by impregnating one or more layers of a base material such as paper, fiberglass or cotton with phenolic resin and laminating the resin-saturated base material under heat and pressure. Melamine resin or melamine formaldehyde is a hard, thermosetting plastic material made from melamine and formaldehyde by polymerization. It is then used to cross-link with alkyd, epoxy, acrylic, and polyester resins, used in surface coatings. Melamine resin is often used to saturate decorative paper that is laminated under heat and pressure and then pasted onto particle board; the resulting panel is often called melamine and commonly used in ready-toassemble furniture and kitchen cabinets. Urea Formaldehyde is everywhere and used in many manufacturing processes due to its useful properties. Examples include decorative laminates, textiles, paper, foundry sand molds, CHAP-1: INTRODUCTION 52

53 wrinkle resistant fabrics, cotton blends, rayon, corduroy, etc. It is also used to glue wood together. Urea formaldehyde was commonly used when producing electrical appliances casing. In India, good quality raw materials are available at cheap rates, enabling the manufacturing at low cost. This increases the profit margin as compared to other players in the world. To meet the current and future market demand, the project proponent intends to start a new unit. The proposed project will contribute revenue to the Central & State exchequer in the form of excise duty, income tax, state sales tax or VAT, tax for interstate movement, corporate taxes etc. Indirect contribution to the Central & State exchequer will be there due to Income by way of registration of trucks, payment of road tax, income tax from individual as well as taxes from associated units. Thus, the proposed project will help the Government by paying different taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in developing the area. Demand of the products in foreign market is also significant, which will boost the export potential of the company as well as country. Export oriented units plays vital role in development of economy as well as local physical infrastructure for further boosting of industrial development with sustainable approach as the industries need to maintain good environment & safety condition to get better foreign market. 1.5 Location of the Proposed Expansion and Siting Criteria The proposed site is located at Survey No. : 326P1, NH-27, Village: Ravapar Nadi, Taluka: Morbi, District: Morbi, Gujarat It is situated at 70 48' 37.21" E Longitude and 22 56' 26.26" N Latitude. Nearest major city is Morbi which is about km far from the project site in SSE direction. State Highway No. 27 is about 1.37 km from the project site in East direction. The proposed site has been selected due to its proximity to availability of raw materials, consumer centers and infrastructure facilities like power, water, communication etc. The sitting criteria as per the guidelines are given in the following table; While sitting industries, care is taken to minimize the adverse impact of the industries on immediate neighborhood as well as distant places. Some of the natural life sustaining systems and some specific land uses are sensitive to industrial impacts because of the natural and extent of fragility. With a view to protect such sites, the industries may maintain the following distances, as far as possible, from the specific area listed below, also there is general sitting factor including as follow; Table 1-2: General Sitting Criteria Details Requirement Compliance No forest land shall be converted into Forest non-forest activity for the sustenance No forest land is involved in the of the industry (Ref: Forest proposed project site Conservation Act, 1980). CHAP-1: INTRODUCTION 53

54 Details Requirement Compliance Agricultural land Layout Ecologically and/or otherwise Sensitive areas (Transport/Communication system) National High way (Transport/Communication system) State High way Coastal areas Flood plain of the river line system (Transport/Communication system) Railway line No prime agricultural land shall be converted into industrial site. Enough space should be provided for storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, Utilities, Raw material storage, Fly ash, other storage like solid wastes so that these could be available for possible reuse. Preferably 5 km depending on the geo-climatic conditions the requisite distance may be decided appropriately by the Environmental agency. The distance from the NH shall be 0.5 Km The distance from the SH shall be 0.5 Km Preferably ½ km away from high tide line (HTL) Preferably ½ km away from flood plain or modified flood plain affected by dam in upstream or flood control system. Preferably ½ km away from highway and railway line. Proposed project site is an open land which is not utilizing for any type of agricultural purposes. The total acquired land is m 2. Enough space will be provided according to the requirement. 33 % green belt area will be provided. This can be verified from the Lay-out given in Chapter-2. None within 5 km distance National Highway 27 is at 1.37 km distance in East direction State Highway 321 is at 8.92 km distance in ESE direction None within 10km radius of the project site. Machchhu River is about 2.82 Km & Godadhari river is about 4.29 Km from the project site. Nearest railway line (towards devaliya railway station from maliya) is 14.8 km from the project site in North. 1.6 Scope of EIA Study The EIA study includes determination of baseline conditions, assessment of the Impacts on the environment due to the construction and operation of the project and making recommendations on the preventive measures to be taken, to minimize the impact on the environment to acceptable levels. A suitable post-study monitoring program will be outlined. Preparation of Environment Management Plan will be given based on the emissions and feasibility report. As per the guidelines, the Generic structure of EIA is given in EIA notification dated 14 th September, 2006 is maintained. The scope of study based on MoEF / CPCB guidelines is tabulated below; Table 1-3: Scope of the Study Environmental Attributes No. of Locations Observations Meteorology 1 Hourly observations for Temperature, Relative Humidity, Wind direction, wind speed & Rain fall during 3 month study period using Automatic Weather Station. CHAP-1: INTRODUCTION 54

55 Environmental Attributes No. of Locations Observations AAQ 8 In AAQ parameters PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NOx, HC, CO and VOC have been monitored. Water 11 Surface water samples were collected from DAM, Canal and Ram Sarovar. Ground water samples were collected from 8 locations. Samples have been analyzed for Parameters as per IS: Noise 8 Day and night noise levels was measured once at each location Soil 8 Soil samples were taken from all the location and have been analyzed for ph, EC, OC, texture to understand nutrient status Ecology Socio-economic data Flora-Fauna & Ecosystem Demography & Occupational details and possibility of ground water contamination Major flora was enumerated and the possibility habitation for important species in the site. Fauna was listed based on the secondary information. Secondary data for demography, Occupation, literacy and amenities have been considered for villages fall in the 10 km study area from the project site and the data has been taken from Census 2011 & Census Regulatory Frame Work The proposed project will abide and function under the purview of the following Rules, Acts & Regulations which are formulated by the governments to save and maintain good environmental conditions. Sr. No Regulatory Framework The Water (prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and amendment, 1988 The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Cess, Act, 1977 The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 amended 1987 Respective authority Central Pollution Control Board and State Pollution Control Boards Central Pollution Control Board and State Pollution Control Boards Central Pollution Control Board and State Pollution Control Boards 4 5 The Environmental (Protection)Act, 1986 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification dated 14th September 2006 and amendments. Ministry of Environment Forest and climate change, Central Pollution Control Board and State Pollution Control Boards MoEF, SPCB 6 Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 amended 2000, 2003 and 2015 MoEF, CPCB, SPCB, DGFT, Port Authority and Customs Authority. 7 The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Ministry of Environment & Forests, CHAP-1: INTRODUCTION 55

56 Sr. No Regulatory Framework Chemicals (Amendment) Rules, 2000 Chemical Accident (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996 Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 and its amendments The public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001 The Explosive Act,1884 Respective authority Chief Controller of Imports and Exports, CPCB, SPCB, Chief Inspector of Factories, Chief Inspector of Dock Safety, Chief Inspector of Mines, AERB, Chief Controller of Explosives, District Collector or District Emergency Authority, CEES under DRDO CCG, SCG, DCG, LCG and MAH Units. CPCB and SPCB/UTPCC Ministry of Environment & Forests, District Collector. SPCB, CPCB and MoEF Ministry of Commerce and Industry (Department of Explosives) CHAP-1: INTRODUCTION 56

57 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 Introduction M/s. Highborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. is to be located at Survey No. 326P1 of Ravapar Nadi Village in Morbi Taluka of Morbi District in state of Gujarat for manufacturing of various resins for captive consumption for making laminated sheet and sale purpose. Proposed production of resins will be to the tune of 900 MT/Month (Phenol Formaldehyde, Melamine Formaldehyde & Urea Formaldehyde resin with production capacity 450 MT/Month, 225 MT/Month & 225 MT/Month respectively). The proposed project is a green field project where unit proposes to manufacture products covered under Category 5(f) A as per new EIA Notification of Ministry of Environment & Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) dated 14/09/ Project Location The proposed site is located at Survey No. 326P1, Village: Ravapar Nadi, Taluka: Morbi, District: Morbi, Gujarat. GPS coordinates of the site is situated at Latitude: 22 56' 26.26" N and Longitude: 70 48' 37.21" E. Nearest major city is Morbi which is about km far from the project site in SSE direction. State Highway No. 27 is about 1.37 km from the project site in East direction. The index map is given in Figure 2-1. Google map showing surrounding area in 10 km radius and 5 km radius from project site are given as Figure 2-2. Topo map showing surrounding area in 10 km radius from project site & project site is given as Figure 2-3. CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 57

58 Figure 2-1: Index Map CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 58

59 Figure 2-2: Google Image showing surrounding 1, 5, & 10 Km radius area from the Proposed Project Site CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 59

60 Figure 2-3: TOPO Map showing Proposed Project Site CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 60

61 2.2.1 Photographs of Project Site Photographs showing project site is given here below; Photograph 2-1: Photographs showing project site Justification of Site Selection The unit is to be located at Ravapar Nadi Village in Morbi Taluka and site selection was guided by many factors like infrastructure, availability of land, water sources, fuel, transportation, power availability etc. Specific site selection criteria for the proposed project are given below; The project site is highly developed with all basic infrastructure facilities such as proximity to man power, electricity, water supply, transportation, telecommunication systems etc. The proposed project site is highly developed with basic requirement for production such as raw material availability, transportation facilities, easy to export material due to port availably nearby the project site. Proposed project site is only 1.37 km away from state Highway no 27 which is well connected to Morbi and rest of India. The project site is intended for the industrial purpose and thus no displacement of population will take place. There is no protected area notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act (1972) & Eco-sensitive area notified under Section 3 of the Environment (Protection) Act exists within 10 Km radius areas from the project site. Availability of trained and skilled manpower nearby area. CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 61

62 Figure 2-4: Google Map showing nearby Major Industries CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 62

63 2.2.3 Salient features of the Project Site Salient features in the surroundings area of the proposed site as well as infrastructure availability with approximate aerial distance and direction are as given below: Table 2-1: Salient Features of the Proposed Project Site Sr. No. Important Features Description 1 Location of Proposed Project Survey No.: 326p1, Village: Ravapar Nadi, Taluka: Morbi, District: Morbi, Gujarat. 2 Corporate office address Highborne Laminates Pvt Ltd C/O Patel Pan. Nr. RudraPlaza, Opp. Omshanti Complex, Nr. Bapa Sitaram Chowk, Ravapar Road, Morbi Proponent Name Mr. Anilbhai G. Sitapara (Director) Contact No.: Mr. Udaykumar A. Sitapara (Director) Contact No Mr. Vishal R. Thoriya (Director) Contact No.: Mr. Jigarkumar R. Sitapara (Director) Contact No.: GPS Coordinates Node Latitude Longitude A 22 56' 20.50" N 70 48' 36.83" E B C 22 56' 22.25" N 70 48' 39.35" E 22 56' 31.28" N 70 48' 36.35" E D 22 56' 30.05" N 70 48' 33.61" E 5 MSL 32 m 6 Temperature range 18 C to 43 C 7 Annual Rain fall 551 mm 8 Nearest power station Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited (PGVCL), Morbi 9 Nearest Road SH 1.37 Km in East 10 Nearest Railway station Km, NNW 11 Nearest Air Port Km in S 12 Nearest Sea Port Navlakhi Km in W Kandla 64.9 Km in W Mundra Km in W 13 Nearest Town Km in SSE 14 Nearest Village 0.60 Km, SE 15 National Highway NH 1.37 Km, E 16 State Highway SH 8.92 Km in ESE CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 63

64 Sr. No. Important Features Description 17 Seismic Zone Zone-III (Less Active) 18 National Parks / Sanctuary None within surrounding 10 Km radius area CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 64

65 2.2.4 Distance of Critically polluted area from the Project Site Google map showing distance of critically polluted areas i.e. Vatva GIDC, Naroda GIDC and Odhav GIDC. Figure 2-5: Google Image showing Distance of Critically Polluted Area from the Project Site 1: Naroda: km East direction 2: Odhav: km East direction 3: Vatwa: km East direction CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 65

66 2.3 Proposed Project Land & Plant Lay-Out Proposed project land has already converted in non agriculture. Land possession document and non-agricultural (NA) land certificate is enclosed as Annexure 4. Total available land area of premises is m 2, out of which 4620 m 2 (33.08%) area will be developed for greenbelt. Detailed break-up of land area is given in Table 2-2 and Plant Lay-out is shown in Figure 2-6. Table 2-2: Area Break-up of Proposed Project Site Sr. No. Particular Area (m 2 ) % of Total Land 1 Built-up area 5, Greenbelt area 4, Open area 4, Total 13, CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 66

67 Figure 2-6: Plant Lay-out CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 67

68 2.4 Capital Cost of the Proposed Project Proposed resin manufacturing unit is a Small Scale Unit having total investment of about Rs Crore. The break-up of the capital cost is given in Table 2-3. Table 2-3: Break-up of capital cost for Proposed Project Sr. No. Particular Cost (INR in Lac) 1 Land & site development Building Plant & Machineries Environment Protection Measures Miscellaneous 1.0 Total Product Details Looking to the market demand, unit proposes to manufacture laminated sheets as well various resins require for manufacturing of laminated sheets. Manufacturing of laminated sheets does not require obtaining environmental clearance but manufacturing of synthetic organic resins does require obtaining Environmental Clearance. These resins will be used for captive consumption as well as sale purposes. Resin will be sold in domestic market as well as exported. The convenient transportation medium will be used for the transportation of products. Details of proposed products are given below in Table 2-4. Table 2-4: Details of Products for Proposed Project Sr. No. Name of Product Batch Details Size Nos. (Kg) Capacity per Month Physical Form 1. Phenol Formaldehyde Resin MT Semi Solid 2. Melamine Formaldehyde Resin MT Semi Solid 3. Urea Formaldehyde Resin MT Semi Solid 4. Laminated Sheets ,50,000 Sheets Solid CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 68

69 2.6 Manufacturing Process Manufacturing process including chemical reaction, mass balance and process flow diagram is described here below; Phenol Formaldehyde Resin A. Manufacturing Process First Phenol, Formaldehyde & Caustic will be added into closed vessel. Stirring & heating will be done up to 60 C. After 60C stop heating. Reflux is done for 30 minutes up to 98 C. Vacuum distillation will be started. Water will be removed from the vessel as per the batch size. Cooling down to 40 C. Phenol Formaldehyde Resin will be ready for captive use and sale purposes. B. Chemical Reaction OH OH CH 2 OH H CHO Fast Phenol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 69

70 C. Process Flow Diagram Phenol Formaldehyde (37%) Caustic Flakes Limped Reaction Vessel Stirring and heating up to 60 C Reflux for 30 Minutes Vacuum Distillation Water Cooling Product: Phenol Formaldehyde Resin D. Mass Balance Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (P. F. Resin) 450 MT/Month Batch Size 5000 Kg Working days per Month 25 days No. of Batches per month 90 Nos. Batch time 5 Hrs. Batches per day 3 Nos. Particular Kg/Batch Kg/Kg of Product MT/Month MT/day Input Phenol Formaldehyde (37%) Caustic Total Output Phenol Formaldehyde Resin Water Phenol Formaldehyde Total CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 70

71 2.6.2 Melamine Formaldehyde Resin A. Manufacturing Process First Melamine & Formaldehyde will be added in Limped reaction vessel. Stirring & heating will be done upto 95 C for 1 Hr. Cooling down to 40 C. Melamine Formaldehyde Resin will be ready for captive use and sale purposes. B. Chemical Reaction N H 2 N N N NH 2 + H 2 C O fast N N N NH 2 H 2 C N CH 2 melamine formaldehyde OH HO melamine formaldehyde resi C. Process Flow Diagram Melamine Formaldehyde (37%) Limped Reaction Vessel Stirring and Heating up to 95C for 1 hr Cooling down to 40C Finish Product: Melamine Formaldehyde Resin D. Mass Balance Melamine Formaldehyde Resin (M. F. Resin) 225 MT/Month Batch Size 2500 Kg Working days per Month 25 days No. of Batches per month 90 Nos. Batch time 1.5 Hrs. Batches per day 3 Nos. CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 71

72 Particular Kg/Batch Kg/Kg of Product MT/Month MT/day Input Melamine Formaldehyde (37%) Total Output Melamine Formaldehyde Resin Total Urea Formaldehyde Resin A. Manufacturing Process First Urea & Formaldehyde will be added in Limped reaction vessel. ph will be adjusted to ph 9.0 by adding acetic acid. Stirring & heating will be done upto 95 C for 50 Minutes. Heating will be continued until tolerance (10:40) is achieved. ph will be adjusted to 9 by adding Caustic. Cooling down to room temperature. Urea Formaldehyde Resin will be ready for use and sale purpose. B. Chemical Reaction Urea Formaldehyde Resin CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 72

73 C. Process Flow Diagram Urea Formaldehyde (37%) Limped Reaction Vessel Acetic Acid ph adjusted to 9 Stirring and Heating up to 95C for 50 Minutes Caustic ph adjusted to 9 Cooling Product: Urea Formaldehyde Resin D. Mass Balance Urea Formaldehyde Resin (U. F. Resin) 225 MT/Month Batch Size 2500 Kg Working days per Month 25 days No. of Batches per month 90 Nos. Batch time 1.5 Hrs. Batches per day 3 Nos. Particular Kg/Batch Kg/Kg of Product MT/Month MT/day Input Urea Formaldehyde (37%) Acetic Acid Caustic Total Output Urea Formaldehyde Resin Total CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 73

74 2.6.4 Laminated Sheets A. Manufacturing Process Kraft paper will be impregnated with phenol or urea formaldehyde resin and passed in the drier machine and stored separately. Base paper and overlay tissue will be impregnated with melamine resin and passed in the drier machine and stored in A/C room under controlled condition. Overlay Tissue, base paper and Kraft will be taken in assembly section for making laminate assembly. These assemblies will be then put into individual daylights of multi daylight Hydraulic Press with the help of loading and unloading machines. The laminated sheet will be then trimmed by means of circular saw. Its backside will be roughened by putting it in sanding machine. This sheet will be then taken for inspection and gradation. It will be then segregated, wrapped and packed for dispatch. B. Process Flow Diagram Kraft Paper, Phenol / Urea Formaldehyde Resin Design Paper, Melamine Formaldehyde Resin Methanol KRAFT COATING DESIGN COATING DRYING Methanol recovery by condenser PRESSING CUTTING Edge Waste Cutting SANDING, GRADATION & PACKING FINISHED PRODUCT: LAMINATED SHEETS CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 74

75 C. Mass Balance Laminated Sheets Working days per Month Nos./Month (675 MT/Month) 25 days Particular Kg/Kg of Product MT/Month MT/day Input Kraft Paper Design Paper Resin Methanol Total Output Laminated Sheet Edge Cutting Waste Methanol Vapour Drying Loss Total CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 75

76 2.7 Raw Materials Details For manufacturing of proposed products various raw materials will be required which are listed below in Table 2-5. Mostly all raw materials are available in local market so will be purchased from local market. The convenient transportation medium will be used for the transportation of raw materials. Table 2-5: Details of Proposed Raw Materials Sr. No Name of Raw Material Requirement (MT/Month) Requirement (MT/Day) 1 Phenol Used in Manufacturing of Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (P. F. Resin) Physical Form Mode of Storage Capacity of storage unit (MT) Liquid MS Tank 25 No. of Units Total Storage Capacity (MT) Storage Inventory (Day) Formaldehyde Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (P. F. Resin) Melamine Formaldehyde Resin (M. F. Resin) Urea Formaldehyde Resin (U. F. Resin) Liquid MS Tank 25 1 Fiber coated MS Tank Caustic Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (P. F. Resin) Urea Formaldehyde Resin (U. F. Resin) Solid Bag CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 76

77 Sr. No Name of Raw Material Requirement (MT/Month) Requirement (MT/Day) 4 Melamine Urea Acetic Acid Used in Manufacturing of Melamine Formaldehyde Resin (M. F. Resin) Urea Formaldehyde Resin (U. F. Resin) Urea Formaldehyde Resin (U. F. Resin) Physical Form 7 Kraft Paper Laminated Sheets Solid 8 Design Paper Laminated Sheets Solid Mode of Storage Capacity of storage unit (MT) No. of Units Total Storage Capacity (MT) Storage Inventory (Day) Solid Bag Solid Bag Liquid Barrel Dedicated Area Dedicated Area Resin Laminated Sheets Liquid MS Tank Methanol Laminated Sheets Liquid Fiber coated MS Tank CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 77

78 2.8 Solvent Requirement & Recovery System In the manufacturing of laminated sheets, methanol will be used to dissolve resins which help to let down the viscosity of resins so that resins can be applied uniformly on the surface of the sheet. During the drying process of laminated sheets, Methanol is likely to liberate as a vapour, this methanol vapour will be collected by hood attached with dryer. Hence the exhaust of the dryer will be connected to the condenser, where cool water will be circulated continuously to condense the Methanol vapour, thus methanol will be 90% recovered. The recovered Methanol will be reused in the process/sold in domestic market. Details of Methanol recovery is shown as Figure 2-7. Outlet (to Cooling Tower) Condenser Inlet (from Cooling Tower) Methanol Vapour Receiver Dryer in Process area Figure 2-7: Methanol recovery system 2.9 Requirement of Resources There will be requirement of resources like water, power, fuel, manpower, plant & machineries, utilities etc. Details of requirement of such resources for proposed project are described in subsequent sections under respective headings Electricity / Power Total power requirement for the proposed project will be about 300 KVA which will be procured from Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Ltd. (PGVCL). In addition to this, unit will install one D. G. Set of 380 KVA as stand-by to the main source and the same will be utilized only in case of non-availability of power from PGVCL Manpower There will be requirement of about 70 persons, skilled & unskilled, for the operation and maintenance of the proposed project in efficient way. Out of 70 persons, 10 will be female employees. Preference will be given to the local people from nearby villages according to the skill as well requirement. For proposed resin plant out of 70; 5 skilled/unskilled man power CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 78

79 will be utilized. During construction also, there will be requirement of workers. However, the same will be of contractor s persons and utilized according to the requirements and type of construction activities. Details of proposed manpower are given in Table 2-6. Table 2-6: Manpower Requirement Sr. No. Particular Resident Local Total Persons Male Female Male Female Male Female 1 Skilled Workers Unskilled Workers Total Water For the proposed project, water will be required for domestic activities, greenbelt development and utility operations. There will not be any requirement of water during manufacturing process. Total water requirement will be 52.5 KL/day which will be fulfilled by own borewell. There is no other source of water is envisaged in nearby area. As per Guidelines of Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA), the proposed project site falls in Safe Area in which industries does not required to obtain No Objection Certificate (NOC) for ground water abstraction from CGWA. Therefore, unit will obtain necessary permission for withdrawal of ground water from local. Out of 52.5 KL/day, 7 KL/day will be required for domestic activities, 43.5 KL/day for industrial activities (boiler, cooling & washing) and 2 KL/day (along with 6 Recycled from STP) water will be used for greenbelt development Fuel Fuel will be required for Boiler, Thermic Fluid Heater and D. G. Set (Stand-by). Coal/ Briquettes will be used in Boiler as well in Thermic Fluid Heater and High Speed Diesel (HSD) will be utilized for D. G. Set. Fuel will be purchased from the nearby trader. Details of fuel requirement are given in Table 2-7. Table 2-7: Fuel Requirement Sr. Particular Type of fuel Fuel Requirement No. 1 Steam Boiler (5 TPH) Coal/ Briquettes 10 MT/day 2 Thermic Fluid Heater (15 Lac Kcal/hr) 3 D. G. Set (380 KVA) HSD 20 Liter/hr Plant, Machineries & Utilities List of plant machineries required for the proposed project is given in Table 2-8. The actual requirements of utilities and machineries & equipment are not limited to the list given below as some additional minor requirements can also be cited depending up on necessity noticed during installation & operations. CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 79

80 Table 2-8: List of Plant, Machineries and Utilities Sr. No. Particular Quantity Size / Capacity 1 Steam Boiler 1 5 TPH 2 Thermic fluid heater 1 15 Lac Kcal/hr 3 Cooling Tower TR 4 D. G. Set KVA 5 Dryer Craft paper 1 5 Chamber 60 mt/min. Decor paper 1 3 Chamber 12 mt/min. 6 Hydraulic Press 1 14 delight 7 Reactor Vessels MF Vessel ltr. PF Vessel ltr Energy Balance Major equipments to be utilized in proposed unit for thermal energy requirement are Thermic Fluid Heater and Steam Boiler. Thus, energy balance of these both equipments have been carried out and presented below in Table 2-9. Table 2-9: Energy Balance Particular Unit Value THERMIC FLUID HEATER Installed Capacity Kcal/hr Rated Fuel (Coal/ Briquettes) Kg/day 4500 Gross Calorific Value per kg of Fuel Kcal 3000 Moisture content % 10 Efficiency on Gross Calorific Value % 75 Energy Produced Kcal/day Moisture content Kcal/day Losses through Flue gas (0.4%) Kcal/day Net Energy output Kcal/day Production TPD 63 Energy consumption per MT production Kcal/MT STEAM BOILER Installed Capacity TPH 5 Rated Fuel (Coal/ Briquettes) Kg/day 5500 Gross Calorific Value per kg of Fuel Kcal 3000 Moisture content % 10 Efficiency on Gross Calorific Value % 75 Energy Produced Kcal/day CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 80

81 Particular Unit Value Moisture content Kcal/day Losses through Flue gas (0.4%) Kcal/day Net Energy output Kcal/day Production TPD 63 Energy consumption per MT production Kcal/MT Pollution Potential and Mitigation Measures There will be possibility of pollution from the proposed project due to domestic & industrial wastewater generation & disposal; gaseous emission from process, flue gas emission from utilities, fugitive emission, noise & vibration and hazardous waste generation & disposal. The said probable pollutions are described below under respective heading with necessary details and mitigation measures Water Pollution Total fresh water requirement for the proposed project will be 52.5 KLD which will be fulfilled by own borewell. For domestic activities 7 KLD, for utilities & washing activities 43.5 KLD (Fresh) and for greenbelt development 2 KLD (along with 6 KLD Recycled from STP) water will be required. Domestic wastewater: Total 6 KLD sewage (domestic wastewater) will be generated which will be treated in Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and treated sewage and sludge will be used for greenbelt development. Industrial wastewater: 5.7 KLD effluent will be generated from the manufacturing of phenol formaldehyde resins. However, there will not be any requirement of water in manufacturing activities. 1 KLD wastewater generated from floor washing. 1.2 KLD and 3.9 KLD wastewater will be generated from boiler and cooling tower respectively as blow down. 15 KLD reject water will be generated from RO-1 plant which will be taken to RO-2 for further treatment out of which 12 KLD permeate will be used in boiler while 3.0 KLD of rejects will go to effluent treatment plant. Stream-wise water requirement and wastewater generation is given in Table 2-10 and detailed water balance is given in Figure 2-8. Table 2-10: Stream-wise Water Requirement & Wastewater Generation Water Wastewater Sr. Particular Stream Requirement Generation No. (KL/day) (KL/day) 1 Domestic activities Borewell water Borewell water Greenbelt development Nil Treated sewage 6 (1) 3 Industrial activities Process - Nil 5.7 Washings Borewell water RO-1 Borewell water 42.5 Condensate from 11.8 (2) 15 (3) CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 81

82 Sr. No. Particular Total industrial Total (domestic + industrial + Note: Greenbelt development) Stream Evaporator Water Requirement (KL/day) Wastewater Generation (KL/day) Cooling tower RO-1 Permeate RO-2 RO-1 Reject 15 (3) 3.0 Boiler RO-2 permeate Fresh 42.5 Reuse 11.8 Fresh 52.5 Reuse (4) (1): 6 KL/day sewage will be generated which will be treated in sewage treatment plant and treated sewage will be reused for greenbelt development. (2): (3): 11.8 KL/day condensate water from ETP plant will be reused in RO KL/day rejected water generated from RO-1 will be further treated in RO-2 and it s permeate (12 KL/day) will be reused in boiler. CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 82

83 Bore well Domestic 6 Sewage Treatment Plant Gardening Nil 43.5 Industrial Condensate 11.8 Process Floor Washing RO - 1 Reject Permeate Cooling Tower RO-2 Permeate Fresh Water 12 Effluent Reuse Boiler Reject All values are in KLD Effluent Treatment Plant followed by evaporator Figure 2-8: Water Balance Diagram CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 83

84 A. Domestic wastewater (Sewage) Treatment and Disposal Total 6 KLD sewage will be generated from the domestic activities of the proposed project which will be treated in Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) designed to treat 6 KLD sewage. STP is designed based on electro coagulation treatment system to achieve the discharge norms prescribed by Gujarat Pollution Control Board for using the same for greenbelt development. Quality of untreated and treated sewage is given in Table 2-11 and schematic flow diagram of STP is given in Figure 2-9. Table 2-11: Quality of Untreated and Treated Sewage Sr. No. Parameter Unit Untreated Sewage Treated Sewage GPCB Norms 1 ph Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l < Biochemical Oxygen Demand mg/l < 20 < 20 4 Total Suspended Solids mg/l < 10 < 30 5 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l Residual Chlorine mg/l Min 0.5 Collection cum Equalization Tank with Screen Chamber Electro Coagulation Tank Tube Deck Settling Tank Chlorine Dosing Tank Multi Media Filter followed by Activated Carbon Filter Treated Sewage Tank Treated sewage to be reused for greenbelt development Sludge Drying Beds Sludge to be used as manure Figure 2-9: Schematic Diagram of Sewage Treatment Plant B. Industrial wastewater Treatment and Disposal Total 14.8 KLD industrial wastewater will be generated from process (5.7 KLD), boiler blow down (1.2 KLD), cooling purge (3.9 KLD), floor washing (1 KLD) and RO-2 reject (3.0 KLD). Whole quantity of effluent will be treated in the effluent treatment plant. 1) Details of Effluent Treatment Plant Process and washing wastewater will be collected and treated by chemical oxidation treatment. After completion of chemical treatment, wastewater will be taken to Nutch Filter for chemical sludge separation. Dried sludge will be stored in bags and ultimately disposed of at TSDF site. Chemically treated water will be collected in holding tank where utility wastewater and RO-2 reject will be mixed. Whole quantity of treated water will be CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 84

85 evaporated in Thermic fluid based evaporation system followed by condenser. Condensate water from condenser will be reused in process. Thus, unit will reuse the generated effluent. Bottom sludge from evaporator will be handled with ETP sludge. Details of Effluent Treatment Plant Units Name of the units Volume (m 3 ) No. of Unit Collection cum Neutralization Tank 7 2 Chemical Oxidation Tank 7 1 Nutch Filter 7 1 Holding Tank 15 2 Evaporator followed by Condenser 1.5 m 3 /hr 1 Technical details of Thermic Fluid Based Evaporator Particulars Capacity Quantity of Effluent to be evaporated Working hours per day Energy Requirement Volume (Liters) 1500 Liters/hr (1.5 m 3 /hr) Liters/day 12 hrs kcal/hr Schematic flow diagram of ETP is given in Figure 2-10 and Stream-wise effluent quality is given in Error! Reference source not found.. Water. from Process & Washing Waste water from Utilities & RO-2 TFH Based Evaporation System Condenser Chemical Oxidation Tank Nutch Filter Condensate Collection cum Holding Tank to be reused for RO-1 Neutralization Tank Sludge to be sent to TSDF site Figure 2-10: Schematic Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 85

86 Table 2-12: Quality of Untreated and Treated Effluent Particular Unit Process Floor Washing Composite Effluent After Chemical Oxidation & Sludge Removal Quantity KLD ph Total Suspended Solids mg/l Total Dissolved Solids mg/l Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l Particular Unit After Chemical Oxidation & Sludge Removal Cooling Boiler RO -2 Reject Composite Effluent (Before Evaporation) Condensate Water Quantity KL/day ph TSS mg/l <20 TDS mg/l COD mg/l < < Air Pollution In this proposed unit, flue gas emission will be the main source of air pollution. There will not be any type of process gas emissions during the manufacturing of resins. However, there will be liberation of methanol vapors from the drying process during manufacturing of Laminate Sheet. There will be chances of fugitive emission due to raw material handling and transportation and manufacturing activity. Various potential of air pollution are described below under respective heading; A. Flue Gas Emission In the proposed project, flue gas emission will be occurred from common stack attached to Steam Boiler (5TPH) and Thermic Fluid Heater (15 Lac Kcal/hr) in which Coal/ Briquettes will be utilized as fuel. There will also a provision of D. G. Set (380 KVA) as a stand-by source to the main power supply. High Speed Diesel (HSD) will be used as fuel in D. G. Set. Unit will provide cyclone separator followed by bag filter to the Steam Boiler and Thermic Fluid Heater as an Air Pollution Control Measures to control the emission of particulate matter in the flue gas. Adequate stack height will be provided for the proper dispersion of pollutants into atmosphere. The details of flue gas stack & technical specifications of Air Pollution Control Measures are given hereunder in Table 2-13 & Table CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 86

87 Table 2-13: Details of Flue Gas Emissions Sr. No. Stack attached to Stack Height (m) Fuel Requirement APC System Expected Pollutant Steam Boiler (5 TPH) 1 Thermic Fluid Heater (15 Lac Kcal/hr) 2 D.G. set (380 KVA) 30 (Common Stack) 6.7 Coal/ Briquettes 10 MT/day HSD 20 L/Hr Cyclone separator followed by Bag Filter and adequate stack height Adequate stack height SPM 150 mg/nm 3 SO ppm NO 2 50 ppm Table 2-14: Details of Air Pollution Control System Type of Source Steam Boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater Capacity 5 TPH & 15 Lac Kcal/Hr Fuel used in steam boiler Coal/ Briquettes Dust Collector (Cyclone separator) Temperature at Inlet 180 o C Specific Gravity of Dust 1.29 Gas flow rate 11.2 m 3 /s Input Dust Load 3912 mg/m 3 Efficiency 60% Pressure Drop 115 mm WC No/Size of Cylinder 1 no. No. of Ash Discharge Cone 1 no. Ash Discharge Air Lock Rotary Valve Bag Filter Temperature at Inlet 165 o C Specific Gravity of Dust 1.29 Input Dust Load 1564 mg / m 3 Efficiency 90% Pressure Drop 110 mm WC Type of Cleaning Mechanism Solenoid Operated Pulsing Valve Ash Discharge Air Lock Rotary Valve Air to Cloth ratio m 3 /min/m 2 Type of Bags Woven Needle Felt Filter Fabrics Imported Woven Fiber Glass Water Repellent B. Process Gas Emission There will not be any type of process gas emissions during the manufacturing of resins. However, there will be liberation of methanol vapors from the drying process during manufacturing of Laminate Sheet. Odour control action plan: CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 87

88 In production area odour will be due to methanol vapors. Unit will provide condenser at the exhaust of dryer. Details of methanol recovery system have been given under earlier Section 2.8 of this chapter. Details of process gas stack & Air Pollution Control Measures are given hereunder in Table There will be odour process area to control this odour unit will provide hood over the affected area and common ducting will be taken to activated carbon filter. Table 2-15: Details of Process Gas Emissions Sr. Stack Height APC Stack attached to Expected Pollutant No. (m) System 1 Dryer 11 Methanol Condenser C. Fugitive Emission Due to raw material handling and transportation and manufacturing activity, there will be chances of fugitive emissions. However, unit will take all the necessary precautions and control measures to take care of the fugitive emissions due to the proposed project: All the raw materials will be stored in isolated storage area and containers will be kept tightly closed. Entire manufacturing activity will be carried out in closed reactors / vessels and regular checking and maintenance of the same will be carried out to avoid any leakages. Exhaust vent of the dryer for laminated sheet will be connected to condenser for Methanol recovery. All the motors of pumps for the handling of hazardous chemicals will be flame proof and provided with suitable mechanical seal with stand-by arrangement. The control of all parameters on a continuous basis will be done by adequate control valves, pressure release valves and safety valves etc. All the flange joints of the pipe lines will be covered with flange guards. The spillages / leakages of specific chemical will be collected and use or it will be drained to effluent treatment plant. Precautionary measures will be taken while handling various hazardous chemicals. There will also provision of adequate ventilation system in process plant and hazardous chemical storage area. A regular preventive maintenance will be planned to replace or rectify all gaskets, joints etc. Transporters will be instructed to cover the trucks by tarpaulin sheets. TREM card will be provided to the driver during the transportation of Hazardous raw materials/products. Sufficient information and training regarding characteristics and immediate actions in case of any spillage or accident during transportation of hazardous chemical will be provided to the driver The unit will also develop green belt area within the factory premises to control the fugitive emissions from spreading into surrounding environment. Unit will install portable detection system for hazardous chemical like Methanol, Phenol, Formaldehyde in process area. Moreover, Unit will carry out regular work place monitoring. CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 88

89 Solid / Hazardous Waste The main source of hazardous waste generation from manufacturing process will be edge cutting waste from sheets containing resin to be generated during cutting of laminated sheets. The other hazardous wastes shall be discarded bags, used oil and ETP sludge and evaporation residue. The details of hazardous waste generation and handling / Management are given in Table Unit will provide storage area for hazardous wastes having roof, pucca flooring with leachate collection system. Leachate, if any will be collected and treated in effluent treatment plant. Unit will take membership of TSDF site as well as common incineration facility after commencement of proposed project. Table 2-16: Details of Hazardous waste Management Sr. Quantity Description Category No. (MT/Annum) Management 1 ETP Sludge & Collection, storage, transportation Evaporation and disposal at approved TSDF Site Residue 2 Used/Spent Oil Collection, storage and used within premises as a lubricant / sold to registered recycler. 3 Discarded bags Collection, storage & sell to authorized vendor 4 Collection, storage, transportation & Edge cutting disposal at common Incineration Waste facility 5 Spent carbon Collection, storage, transportation & disposal at common Incineration facility. Fly Ash Management Proposed fuel for Boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater: Coal/ Briquettes Fuel requirement: 10 MT/Day Fly ash generation has been calculated considering maximum ash generation scenario considering use of Coal/ Briquettes. Ash content in Coal : 38% Total Ash generation = 0.38 x 10 MT/day = 3.8 MT/day Considering 50% Ash to be collected from bottom, Bottom Ash = 0.5 x 3.8 MT/day = 1.9 MT/day [A] Considering 50 % Ash to be carried away with flue gas as fly ash which will be further trapped in dust collector (Efficiency: 60 %) and bag filter (Efficiency: 90 %) Fly ash trapped in Air pollution control units = 0.6 x (0.5 x 3.8) x {0.4 x (0.5 x 3.8)} CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 89

90 = 1.82 MT/day [B] Total Maximum Ash to be generated using Coal = 3.72 MT/day [A + B] Total Ash to be generated will be stored into silo with proper care and sold to bricks manufacturer. However Ash generation due to briquettes will be less Noise & Vibration Noise may be generated due to the operation of D.G. set after the proposed project. However, D. G. Set will be kept as standby and no other source of noise and vibration from the proposed manufacturing activity except Plant machineries. However, unit will take following adequate precautionary measure for noise and vibration control; Latest technology based low noise D.G. set with acoustic enclosures will be installed. The noise generation will be mitigated by installing noise barriers/absorbers around stationery noise sources. Adequate noise control measures such as antivibration pad for equipment with high vibration will be provided. All the vibrating parts will be checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise generation. The equipment, which generates excessive noise, will be provided with enclosures etc. Proper and timely oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the machineries and equipment to reduce noise generation. Ear muffs/ earplugs will be provided to the workers working under high noise area to minimize the adverse effect on the health. To reduce the noise generation during the transportation activities; the transport contractor will be instructed kept vehicle periodically serviced and maintain as per the requirement of latest trend in automobile industry. Only those vehicles with PUC s will be allowed for the transportation. The transport contractor will be informed to avoid unnecessary speeding of vehicles inside the premises. Noise monitoring will be done regularly at prominent places in the plant. Proposed greenbelt area will help to prevent the noise pollution outside the premises Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) For this proposed project, no other site was envisaged as the finalized site at Susvav Village does not attract any of the general conditions of EIA notification as well as it is benefited by availability of resources like water, power, manpower, fuel, transportation etc. and proximity to industrial estates. Unit proposes to manufacture various synthetic organic resins using best and modern process technology with highest yield and minimum waste generation and after commencement of production unit will continuously put efforts for upgradation in terms of technology, plant and machineries. CHAP-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION 90

91 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3.1 Introduction As per EIA Notification 2006, baseline monitoring is required to evaluate prevailing environment to workout direct and indirect impacts on various components of environment (viz. water, air, noise, soil, socio) due to proposed project and their interrelationships. Based on the identified impacts required and adequate mitigation measures will be proposed EIA Methodology for Data Collection An effective methodology is important for baseline data collection and impact prediction to develop an efficient environment management plan. In this regards it is important to understand the ground realities of the site and surrounding by the experts involved in preparation of EIA. Accordingly a team of expert visited the proposed site to understand the site surroundings and possible impacts from the activities of the proposed project. The environment co-ordinates in consultation with the respective functional area experts selected the sampling locations as per the TORs prescribed by the EAC. Subsequently the field monitoring was undertaken during March to May, 2016 by laboratory staff of T. R. Associates along with functional areas of respective fields. The collected data were analyzed and interpreted Objectives of Baseline Monitoring The term baseline refers to conditions exiting before development against which subsequent changes can be referenced. Baseline monitoring studies are carried out to: Measure environmental parameters during a pre-project period for the purpose of determining the range of variation of the system and establishing reference points against which changes can be measured. Identify environmental conditions which might influence project design decisions (e.g., site layout, structural or operational characteristics); Identify sensitive issues or areas requiring mitigation or compensation; Collect input data for analytical models and predict effects due to proposed project; Provide proposed environmental monitoring programs. At this stage of EIA process, baseline monitoring is primarily discussed in the context of first purpose wherein feedback from baseline monitoring programs may be used to: Determine available assimilative capacity of different environmental components within the designated impact zone and whether more or less stringent mitigation measures are needed. Improve predictive capability of EIAs Study Area To carry out Environment Baseline Monitoring and to generate baseline environmental data study area of 10 kms radial distance from proposed project site has been selected. Base line data of Ambient air quality, water sampling, land use, land cover, topography, ecology study as well as socio economic study was collected for study area of 10 kms. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 91

92 3.1.4 Methodology of Baseline Study For the generation of baseline data guideline proposed by MoEE & CC as well as TORs issued by Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) of MoEF & CC has been taken into consideration. Relevant secondary data available for different environmental components were collected and analyzed. The land-use & land cover map of the 10 km radius study area from the project site was prepared using IRS P6 LISS-III satellite image procured from NRSC (National Remote sensing Centre), Hyderabad this along with toposheet (Source: Survey of India) was used to identify base line locations along with prescribed ToR s. From secondary data of prevailing air environment wind rose diagram prepared and minimum one location in down wind direction within 5-10 km radius of study area was fixed. Surface water locations were identified using topomap, for rivers one downstream and one upstream location was drawn to evaluate quality of river water within study area. To indentify drainage pattern and prevailing ground water conditions ground water prospects map prepared by National Remote sensing Agency, Dept. of space, GoI was used. Copy of ToRs and its compliance are provided in this report. The details of the study period, frequency of sampling & method of environmental sampling & analysis are given below in succeeding sections under respective titles. 3.2 Air Environment Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere have significant impacts on the neighborhood air environment of an industrial project and forms an important part of impact assessment studies. The ambient air quality status with respect to the study zone of 10 km radial distance from the plant site forms the base line information over which the predicted impacts due to the proposed plant can be super imposed to find out the net (Final) impacts on air environment. From the final impacts a viable Environmental Management Plan (EMP) can be prepared based on the impact statement for the air environment. The baseline status of the ambient air quality can be assessed thorough scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in the air quality surveillance program has to be based on the following considerations. Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale. Topography of the study area. Representation of regional background levels. Representation of plant site. Representation of cross sectional distribution in the downward direction. Influence of the existing sources if any, are to be kept at minimum. Inclusion of major distinct villages to collect the baseline status Micrometeorological Data Micro-meteorological data within the project area during the air quality survey period is an indispensable part of air pollution study. The meteorological data recorded during survey CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 92

93 period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as serves as an input, to predictive models for air quality impacts. To understand meteorological scenario primary generated and secondary data collected. This data is used in the interpretation of wind scenario. The data collected from the both sources are summarized as follows: Table 3-1: Meteorological Data Collection Period Primary data (March 2016 to May 2016): Parameters like Wind speed and its direction, Temperature, Humidity and Precipitation collected for project site using Automatic Weather Station at >10 m height. Meteorological data Secondary data (March 2015 to May 2015): Secondary data has been collected from the nearest IMD source (Rajkot) for temperature, cloud cover, Humidity, Rainfall, wind speed, cloud cover and direction. A. Meteorological Data from IMD, Rajkot (Secondary Data: March 2015 to April 2015) As per the historical data (IMD), collected (Rajkot for the above mentioned period for the year 2015), the daily maximum temperature recorded in the month of May (44 º C) and the daily minimum temperature were recorded in the month of March (42.9 ºC). Similarly the maximum humidity levels was recorded in the month of March (100%) and the minimum humidity levels recorded in the month of April (92%). The maximum mean wind speed (18.00 km/hr) in the month of May where the minimum mean wind speed (10 km/hr) was recorded in the month of March. Table 3-2: Monthly Mean Values of Meteorological Data (Secondary Data) Month Air Temperature. c Humidity % Mean Wind Max. Min. Max. Min. Speed kmph March April May Source: as per IMD station, Rajkot 2015 The monthly mean values of meteorological data are shown in the form of wind rose in Figure 3-1. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 93

94 Figure 3-1: Wind Rose Diagram for Secondary data collected from IMD Rajkot (March 2015 to May 2015) B. Meteorology Data generated at plant site (Primary data: March 2016 to May 2016) Meteorology of the study zones plays an important role in the study of air pollution. Micrometeorological conditions at the proposed project site regulate the dispersion and dilution of air pollutants in the atmosphere. For this purpose a weather station was installed near the plant site for the March 2016 to May 2016 and recorded hourly observations for the parameters like Maximum and minimum Temperatures ( o C), Relative Humidity (%), Wind Speed (m/sec), Wind direction and Rainfall mm. Meteorological conditions, of the site, regulates the transport and diffusion of air-pollutants released into the atmosphere. Ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction and atmospheric stability are called primary or basic Meteorological Parameters because the dispersion and diffusion of pollutants depend mainly on these Parameters. Humidity, precipitation, pressure and visibility are secondary Meteorological Parameters as this control the dispersion of the pollutants indirectly by affecting primary Parameters. The hourly-recorded observations (wind velocity and wind directions) during above stated study period are used in computing percentage frequencies and are depicted in the form of wind roses in Figure 3-2. Primary meteorological data are shown in Annexure 2. The hourly-recorded observations (wind velocity and wind directions) during above stated study period are used in computing percentage frequencies and are depicted in the form of wind roses in. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 94

95 Photograph 3-1: Photo of Automatic Weather Station & Air Quality Monitoring Figure 3-2: Meteorological Wind Rose Diagram for March 2015 to May 2015 (Primary data) Selection of AAQ stations A network of eight ambient air-sampling locations has been selected for assessment of the existing status of air environment within the study zone. The heights of the sampling locations were kept between 3 to 6 m in all the locations. After reconnaissance of the area and observing the topographical features and review of the available meteorological data and local conditions the sampling sites were chosen which will be the representative of the local areas under study. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 95

96 3.2.3 Existing AAQ (Pre-expansion) status Ambient levels of pollutants such as PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NO 2, CO and VOC are selected for the sampling. The methodology of sampling and analysis in detail is given in Table 3-4 & Table 3-5. Locations are marked in map (Figure 3-3). Table 3-3: Ambient Air monitoring locations Code Ambient Air Location Distance in km Direction GPS Coordinates A1 Project Site A2 Kerala* 3.95 E A3 Juna Nagdavas 6.77 N A4 Gala 5.72 NE A5 Waghpar 8.99 NNE A6 Juna Derala 3.55 NW A7 Ravapar Nadi 2.35 WSW A8 Haripar* 4.92 E Note: * indicates downwind direction N E N E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E N E 'N 'E 'N 'E Table 3-4: Air Parameters analyzed and sampling duration Attribute Parameter Frequency of Monitoring AAQ Met. Data PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NO 2, CO & VOC at 8 locations Wind speed, wind Direction, Temperature, RH, cloud cover at one center location Table 3-5: Ambient Air Quality - Methodology Variables Dust Gases Pollutant 24 hr sampling for PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NO 2, CO & VOC - 2 days per week during the above stated study period. Sampling height varies between 3-6 m above ground level. Primary data: Hourly data collected at site using AWS Secondary data: Available 3 months data obtained from IMD Rajkot, recorded 8 times in a day; while rainfall & temperature once in a day. Method of analysis PM 10 Particulate Matter 10 IS 5182 (Part 23) (RA 2006) PM 2.5 Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter STP No. TRA/STP/AA/02 Based on manual instrument manufactures. SO 2 Sulfur dioxide IS 5182 (Part 2): 2001 (RA 2002) NO 2 Nitrous dioxide IS 5182 (Part 6): 2006 (RA 2002) VOC Volatile Organic Carbon IS 5182 (Part 11): 2006 CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 96

97 Pollutant Method of analysis CO Carbon Monoxide NDIR spectroscopy Various statistical parameters like standard deviation, geometric mean, minimum; maximum concentrations and different percentiles have been computed from the data generated during sampling in all sampling stations Results and Discussion The maximum concentrations are recorded at Haripar with PM 10 of 82.6 g/m 3. The maximum concentrations are recorded at Kerala with PM 2.5 of 33.3 g/m 3. The maximum concentrations of SO 2 found at Project Site with g/m 3. Similarly the maximum concentration of NO 2 found at Juna Derala with 24.7 g/m 3. All the above results are found well within the prescribed limits of National Ambient Air Quality standards. CO and VOCs were found below detectable limits or not detected. All the above results are found well within the prescribed limits of National Ambient Air Quality standards. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 97

98 Figure 3-3: Google Image Showing Ambient Air Quality Locations CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 98

99 Table 3-6: Ambient Air Monitoring Results Pollutant Particular Project Site (A1) Kerala (A2) Juna Nagdavas (A3) Gala (A4) LOCATION Waghpar (A5) Juna Derala (A6) Ravapar Nadi (A7) Haripar (A8) Permissible Limits (μg/m 3 ) PM 2.5 μg/m 3 PM 10 μg/m 3 SO 2 μg/m 3 NO 2 μg/m 3 CO = Not Detected VOC = Not Detected Min Max Mean % Min Max Mean % Min Max Mean % Min Max Mean % CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 99

100 3.3 Noise Environment Noise word come from the Latin word nauseas, it is a loud outcry or commotion that is unpleasant, unexpected, or undesired with various frequencies over the audible range due to the regular activities of the Mankind primarily Noise pollution (or environmental noise) is displeasing human, animal or machine-created sound that disrupts the activity or balance of humans or animals life. The source of most outdoor noise worldwide is mainly evolved from Industries, constructions and transportation systems, including motor vehicle noise, aircraft noise and rail noise, poor urban planning may give rise to noise pollution. Industrial Noise resulting to noise pollution has many reasons such as industries being close to human habitats which prevent the noise from decaying before it reaches human ear. A determination is made of the micro scale impact by predicting anticipated noise levels for each alternative during both construction and operational phases. Predicted noise levels are compared with applicable standards or criteria in order to assess the impact. The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general sound which comprises of many frequency components with different variations in loudness over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loud levels, the response of the human ear to sound is dependent on the frequency of the sound and this has led to the concept of weighting scales. In the "A-weighting" scale, the sound pressure levels for the lower frequencies and higher frequencies are reduced by certain amounts before they are being combined together to give one single sound pressure level value. This value is designated as db (A). The db (A) is often used as it reflects more accurately the frequency response of the human ear. A perceived loud noise has a high db or db (A) value and a soft noise has a low one. The human ear has peak response around 2,500 to 3,000 Hz and has a relatively low response at low frequencies Existing Noise Levels Pre-project noise levels have been monitored at different points within the study zone and on the spot measurement device manufactured by LUTRON SL4001 was used for this purpose. Keeping in view of various local activities such as residential and Industrial activities 8 noise level measurement locations were identified and the sites are depicted in the Figure 3-4 & Table 3-7. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 100

101 Table 3-7: Noise Monitoring Locations Codes Station Name Codes Station Name N1 Project Site N5 Waghpar N2 Kerala N6 Juna Derala N3 Juna Nagdavas N7 Ravapar Nadi N4 Gala N8 Haripar Data Analysis Sound levels were recorded according to IS: 9989:1991 (2001). The recorded sound levels are given in Table 3-8. Out of all the 8 locations measured for noise levels, the sound levels recorded at project site area is found to be 65.1 db(a). Recorded Noise levels are found to be within the standard limits. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 101

102 Figure 3-4: Google Image Showing Noise Sampling Locations CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 102

103 Table 3-8: Hourly Noise data (Day and Night timings in Leq db (A)) Project site (N1) Kerala (N2) Juna Nagdawas (N3) Noise Level in db Gala (N4) Waghpar (N5) Juna Derala (N6) Ravapar Nadi (N7) Haripar (N8) Day Hours :00-07: :00-08: :00-09: :00-10: :00-11: :00-12: :00-13: :00-14: :00-15: :00-16: :00-17: :00-18: :00-19: :00-20: :00-21: :00-22: Minimum Maximum Day eq Day Limits Sampling date :00-07:00 CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 103

104 Project site (N1) Kerala (N2) Juna Nagdawas (N3) Gala (N4) Noise Level in db Waghpar (N5) Juna Derala (N6) Ravapar Nadi (N7) Haripar (N8) Day Hours :00-23: :00-24: :00-01: :00-02: :00-03: :00-04: :00-05: :00-06: Minimum Maximum Night eq Limits D/n eq Sampling date Project site Residential Residential Residential Residential Residential Residential Residential Area type CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 104

105 3.4 Water Environment Studies on Water Environment aspects of ecosystem is important for Environmental Impact Assessment to identify sensitive issues and take appropriate action by maintaining ecological homeostasis in the early stages of development of the project. The objective of this report is to define the present environment in which the proposed action is to occur, to evaluate all possible eventualities, to ensure that all negative impacts are minimized, and to demonstrate that proposed project has been appropriately announced to all interested parties so that their concerns can be considered. Water quality studies have been carried out in the study area to understand the availability of water resources, possibility of water contamination and existing water quality Water Quality Water of high quality is essential to human life, and water of acceptable quality is essential for Agricultural, industrial, domestic and commercial uses; in addition, most recreation is water based; Therefore, major activities having potential effects on surface water are certain to be of appreciable Concern to the consumers Sample collection and analysis The water resources in the study area may be classified into two major categories like Surface and Ground water sources. Water samples were collected at 25 locations, out of which 17 samples from surface Sources and 8 samples from ground water sources for physico-chemical and biological parameters. Parameters like ph, Temperature and DO analysed at the time of sampling. For other Parameter analysis the samples were preserved as per the recommended techniques for various Elemental determinations as per `IS: 3025 (part I) These parameters were analyzed as per the procedures specified in Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater Published by American Public Health Association (APHA) / IS Results were compared with IS: specification. Table 3-9: Water Monitoring Locations Code Water Sample Location Distance (km) Direction GPS Coordinates GW1 Project Site - - GW2 Kerala 3.95 E GW3 Juna Nagdavas 6.75 N GW4 Gala 5.74 NE GW5 Waghpar 9.05 NNE 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 105

106 Code Water Sample Location Distance (km) Direction GPS Coordinates GW6 Juna Derala 6.46 NW GW7 Ravapar Nadi 2.73 WSW GW8 Haripar 4.91 E SW1 Macchu river (D/S) 6.77 NNW SW2 Macchu river (U/S) 9.7 SSE SW3 Godhadhari River 9.16 NNE SW4 Juna Nagadavas Pond 6.87 N SW5 Gala Pond 5.24 NE SW6 Waghpar Pond NNE SW7 Juna Derala Pond 6.62 WNW SW8 Haripar Lake 4.94 E SW9 Junapadar Talav 3.45 WNW SW10 Bahadurgadh Pond 8.84 NNW 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E SW11 Pond opposite to Ramrajnagar 9.32 N 'N 'E SW12 Baratnagar Pond 4.41 SSE SW13 Pond at Bela 9.6 ESE SW14 Krishnanagar Pond 3.82 NW 'N 'E 'N 'E 'N 'E 1 1 Pond was dry during baseline hence it was not possible to draw the sample. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 106

107 Godhadhri River Machu River Pond at Bela Pond at Bahadurgadh Photograph 3-2: Photograph for Ground & Surface Water Sampling CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 107

108 CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 108

109 Figure 3-5: Google Image Showing Water Quality Monitoring Locations CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 109

110 3.4.3 Method of Water Sampling The following procedures were used while sampling: Washing the bottles/cans with distilled water prior to the sampling Before collection of water the bottles/cans are again washed 2-3 times with the same water For surface water, Bottles were lowered to a minimum depth of 30 cm below water surface. At each point Different sets of water samples were collected so as cover all the parameters Meticulous attention is taken in proper numbering at the site Sterilized bottles were used for the samples that are to be analyzed for bacteria Civil supply water pipeline taps are sterilized before collection for bacteriological analysis Parameters like ph, conductivity and temperature were analyzed in the field conditions and the results were reconfirmed after getting to the laboratory. DO is fixed and titrated in the field itself. Appropriate preservatives are added, depending upon the elements to be analyzed and marked accordingly (IS: 3025 (part I) 1987) All the water samples collected in the ice box, were immediately transported to the laboratory and freezed at <5oC analysis Field observations were noted in the field notebook As far as possible photographs were taken in almost all sampling points. Sampling & analysis of all the parameters are as per APHA, 22nd Edition & IS: A. Data Analysis The physicochemical and biological analysis of the collected sample results are given in Table 3-10 & Table The ph of the ground water samples varying from 6.89 to 7.86 indicating neutral. Hardness, Alkalinity, chlorides, sulfates is found to be well within prescribed limits. However chlorides & sulfates are found to be lower than the required limits. Ground water is found as drinkable water and mostly all villages are using ground water as drinking water source. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 110

111 Table 3-10: Water Quality Physico-chemical Analysis of Ground Water Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Project site (GW1) Kerala (GW2) Juna Nagdavas (GW3) Gala (GW4) IS : Waghpar (GW5) Juna Derala (GW6) Ravapar Nadi (GW7) Haripar (GW8) Desirable Permissible 1 Colour Hazen B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) Odour - Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. 3 Taste - Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. 4 Turbidity NTU ph to Total Hardness (as CaCO 3 ) mg/l Ca Hardness mg/l NS NS 8 Mg Hardness mg/l NS NS 9 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l Magnesium mg/l CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 111

112 Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Project site (GW1) Kerala (GW2) Juna Nagdavas (GW3) Gala (GW4) IS : Waghpar (GW5) Juna Derala (GW6) Ravapar Nadi (GW7) Haripar (GW8) Desirable Permissible (as Mg) 11 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l Iron (as Fe) mg/l Total Dissolved Solids mg/l TSS mg/l NS NS 15 Copper (as Cu) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) Manganese (as Mn) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) Sulphate (as SO 4 ) mg/l Nitrate (as mg/l CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 112

113 Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Project site (GW1) Kerala (GW2) Juna Nagdavas (GW3) Gala (GW4) IS : Waghpar (GW5) Juna Derala (GW6) Ravapar Nadi (GW7) Haripar (GW8) Desirable Permissible NO 3 ) 19 Fluoride (as F) mg/l Phenolic Compounds mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) Mercury (as Hg) mg/l B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) Selenium (as Se) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.001 ) B.D.L(DL=0.001 ) B.D.L(DL=0.001 ) B.D.L(DL=0.001 ) B.D.L(DL=0.001 ) B.D.L(DL=0.001 ) B.D.L(DL=0.001 ) B.D.L(DL=0.001 ) Arsenic (as 24 As) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL= ) 25 Cyanide (as CN) mg/l B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 113

114 Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Project site (GW1) Kerala (GW2) Juna Nagdavas (GW3) Gala (GW4) IS : Waghpar (GW5) Juna Derala (GW6) Ravapar Nadi (GW7) Haripar (GW8) Desirable Permissible 26 Lead (as Pb) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL= ) 27 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l Anionic detergents (as MBAS) mg/l B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) Chromium (as Cr 6+ ) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) NS NS 30 Total Chromium (as Cr) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) Polynuclear Aromatic Hydro carbons mg/l B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) Mineral Oil mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 114

115 Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Project site (GW1) Kerala (GW2) Juna Nagdavas (GW3) Gala (GW4) IS : Waghpar (GW5) Juna Derala (GW6) Ravapar Nadi (GW7) Haripar (GW8) Desirable Permissible 33 Pesticides mg/l B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) Absent Absent 34 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO 3 ) mg/l Aluminium (as Al) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) Boron (as B) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) Coliforms MPN/1 00 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 38 Sodium (as Na) mg/l NS NS 39 Potassium as (K) mg/l NS NS Note: BDL = Below Detection Limit, DL = Detection Limit, NS = Not Specified Permissible Limit is applicable in the absence of Alternate source CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 115

116 Table 3-11: Water Quality Physico-chemical Analysis of Surface Water Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Machhu River (D/S) (SW1) Machhu River(U/S) (SW2) Godhadhari River (SW3) Juna Nagdavas Pond (SW4) IS : Gala Pond (SW5) Juna Derala Pond (SW7) Haripar Lake (SW8) Desirable Permissible 1 Colour Hazen B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) Odour - Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. 3 Taste -- Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. 4 Turbidity NTU ph to Total Hardness (as CaCO 3 ) mg/l Ca Hardness mg/l NS NS 8 Mg Hardness mg/l NS NS 9 10 Calcium (as Ca) Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l mg/l Chloride (as Cl) mg/l Iron (as Fe) mg/l Total Dissolved mg/l CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 116

117 Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Machhu River (D/S) (SW1) Machhu River(U/S) (SW2) Godhadhari River (SW3) Juna Nagdavas Pond (SW4) IS : Gala Pond (SW5) Juna Derala Pond (SW7) Haripar Lake (SW8) Desirable Permissible Solids 14 TSS mg/l NS NS Copper (as Cu) Manganese (as Mn) Sulphate (as SO 4 ) Nitrate (as NO 3 ) Fluoride (as F) Phenolic Compounds Mercury (as Hg) Cadmium (as Cd) Selenium (as Se) Arsenic (as As) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.04) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.04 ) B.D.L(DL=0.02 ) B.D.L(DL=0. 04) B.D.L(DL=0. 02) B.D.L(DL=0.04 ) B.D.L(DL=0.02 ) B.D.L(DL=0. 04) B.D.L(DL=0. 02) B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0. 04) B.D.L(DL=0. 02) mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0.00 5) B.D.L(DL=0.00 1) B.D.L(DL=0.00 5) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0.00 5) B.D.L(DL=0.00 1) B.D.L(DL=0.00 5) B.D.L(DL=0. 1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0. 005) B.D.L(DL=0. 001) B.D.L(DL=0. 005) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0.00 5) B.D.L(DL=0.00 1) B.D.L(DL=0.00 5) B.D.L(DL=0. 1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0. 005) B.D.L(DL=0. 001) B.D.L(DL=0. 005) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.001 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0. 1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0. 005) B.D.L(DL=0. 001) B.D.L(DL=0. 005) CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 117

118 Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Machhu River (D/S) (SW1) Machhu River(U/S) (SW2) Godhadhari River (SW3) Juna Nagdavas Pond (SW4) IS : Gala Pond (SW5) Juna Derala Pond (SW7) Haripar Lake (SW8) Desirable Permissible 25 Cyanide (as CN) 26 Lead (as Pb) mg/l mg/l B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L(DL=0.00 5) B.D.L(DL=0.00 5) B.D.L(DL=0. 005) B.D.L(DL=0.00 5) B.D.L(DL=0. 005) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0. 005) Zinc (as Zn) mg/l Anionic detergents (as MBAS) Chromium (as Cr 6+ ) Total Chromium (as Cr) Polynuclear Aromatic Hydro carbons mg/l B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) mg/l B.D.L(DL= ) 32 Mineral Oil mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.01) 33 Pesticides mg/l 34 Total Alkalinity (as B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0.01 ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL=0. 1) B.D.L(DL=0. 1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0. 01) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0.01 ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL=0. 1) B.D.L(DL=0. 1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0. 01) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL=0. 1) B.D.L(DL=0. 1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0. 01) B.D.L(DL= ) NS NS Absent Absent mg/l CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 118

119 Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Machhu River (D/S) (SW1) Machhu River(U/S) (SW2) Godhadhari River (SW3) Juna Nagdavas Pond (SW4) IS : Gala Pond (SW5) Juna Derala Pond (SW7) Haripar Lake (SW8) Desirable Permissible CaCO 3 ) 35 Aluminium (as Al) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.01) 36 Boron (as B) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.05) 37 Coliforms Sodium (as Na) Potassium as (K) MPN/100 ml B.D.L(DL=0.01 ) B.D.L(DL=0.05 ) B.D.L(DL=0. 01) B.D.L(DL=0. 05) B.D.L(DL=0.01 ) B.D.L(DL=0.05 ) B.D.L(DL=0. 01) B.D.L(DL=0. 05) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0. 01) B.D.L(DL=0. 05) Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent mg/l NS NS mg/l NS NS 40 COD mgo 2 /l NS NS 41 BOD mgo 2 /l NS NS 42 DO mg/l NS NS CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 119

120 Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Junapadar Talav (SW9) Bahadurgadh Pond (SW10) Pond opposite to Ramrajnagar (SW11) IS : Bharatnagar Pond (SW12) Pond at Bela (SW13) Krishnagar Pond (SW14) Desirable Permissible 1 Colour Hazen B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) B.D.L(DL=5) Odour - Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. 3 Taste -- Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. Agr. 4 Turbidity NTU ph to Total Hardness (as CaCO 3 ) mg/l Ca Hardness mg/l NS NS 8 Mg Hardness mg/l NS NS 9 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l Chloride (as Cl) mg/l Iron (as Fe) mg/l Total Dissolved Solids mg/l TSS mg/l NS NS 15 Copper (as Cu) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) B.D.L(DL=0.04) 16 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0.02) B.D.L(DL=0. 04) B.D.L(DL=0. 02) B.D.L(DL=0.04 ) B.D.L(DL=0.02 ) CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 120

121 Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Junapadar Talav (SW9) Bahadurgadh Pond (SW10) Pond opposite to Ramrajnagar (SW11) IS : Bharatnagar Pond (SW12) Pond at Bela (SW13) Krishnagar Pond (SW14) Desirable Permissible 17 Sulphate (as SO 4 ) mg/l Nitrate (as NO 3 ) mg/l Fluoride (as F) mg/l Phenolic Compounds 21 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0.0005) B.D.L(DL=0.0005) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0. 1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL= ) Cadmium (as Cd) Selenium (as Se) mg/l mg/l 24 Arsenic (as As) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.001 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.001) B.D.L(DL=0.001) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.001 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0. 005) B.D.L(DL=0. 001) B.D.L(DL=0. 005) B.D.L(DL=0.00 5) B.D.L(DL=0.00 1) B.D.L(DL=0.00 5) Cyanide (as CN) mg/l B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L B.D.L Lead (as Pb) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005) B.D.L(DL=0.005 ) B.D.L(DL=0. 005) B.D.L(DL=0.00 5) Zinc (as Zn) mg/l Anionic detergents (as MBAS) mg/l B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) B.D.L(DL= 0.1) CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 121

122 Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Junapadar Talav (SW9) Bahadurgadh Pond (SW10) Pond opposite to Ramrajnagar (SW11) IS : Bharatnagar Pond (SW12) Pond at Bela (SW13) Krishnagar Pond (SW14) Desirable Permissible Chromium (as Cr 6+ ) Total Chromium (as Cr) Polynuclear Aromatic Hydro carbons mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL=0.1) mg/l B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0.0001) B.D.L(DL=0.0001) B.D.L(DL= ) 32 Mineral Oil mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) 33 Pesticides mg/l Total Alkalinity (as CaCO 3 ) Aluminium (as Al) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0. 1) B.D.L(DL=0. 1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0. 01) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0.1) NS NS B.D.L(DL=0.1) B.D.L(DL= ) B.D.L(DL=0.01 ) B.D.L(DL= ) Absent Absent mg/l mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) B.D.L(DL=0.01) 36 Boron (as B) mg/l B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0.05) B.D.L(DL=0. 01) B.D.L(DL=0. 05) B.D.L(DL=0.01 ) B.D.L(DL=0.05 ) Coliforms MPN/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 38 Sodium (as Na) mg/l NS NS 39 Potassium as (K) mg/l NS NS 40 COD mgo 2 /l NS NS CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 122

123 Sr. No. Test Parameters Sample Code & Location Units Junapadar Talav (SW9) Bahadurgadh Pond (SW10) Pond opposite to Ramrajnagar (SW11) IS : Bharatnagar Pond (SW12) Pond at Bela (SW13) Krishnagar Pond (SW14) Desirable Permissible 41 BOD mgo 2 /l NS NS 42 DO mg/l NS NS Note: BDL = Below Detection Limit, DL = Detection Limit, NS = Not Specified Permissible Limit is applicable in the absence of Alternate source CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 123

124 3.5 Land Environment Land and ecology study is important for Environmental Impact Assessment to identify sensitive issues and take appropriate action by maintaining ecological homeostasis in the early stages of development of the project. The objective of this report is to define the present environment in which the proposed action is to occur, to evaluate all the possible eventualities, to ensure that all negative impacts are minimized and to demonstrate that the proposed project has been appropriately announce to all the interested parties so that their concerns can be considered. For this purpose baseline data (biotic and abiotic factors) has been studied around 10 km radius of the project. This data has been generated during March 2016 May Methodology of Sample Collection and Analysis A. Soil For soil quality analysis 8 sampling sites were chosen to understand Physic-chemical and biological status of the soil. The sampling sites are marked in Figure 3-6. This will establish the baseline characteristics and will facilitate identifying the contamination if any due to the proposed project. B. Collection of soil samples and analysis Disturbed soil samples were collected from the rotary cuttings and bailers and also from split spoon samplers. Un-disturbed tube samples were collected using thin walled tubes. Soil samples were collected such that structure and moisture content of the soil do not get altered. In accordance with IS: 2720, split samples were carefully extracted from the samplers. Meticulous was paid to collect adequate amount of composite soil samples for analysis. The samples were packed in dependable, waterproof containers and marking specified accurately and distinctly. All the soil samples and core boxes were carefully transported to the testing laboratory. All Soil sampling and analysis will be followed and done by Indian Standard IS Parameters analyzed for soil samples were Electrical Conductivity, ph, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Organic Carbon %, Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium, Sulphate, Bulk Density, etc. Table 3-12: Soil Sampling Location Code Ambient Air Location GPS Coordinates Code Ambient Air Location GPS Coordinates S1 Project Site N E S5 Waghpar 'N 'E S2 Kerala* N E S6 Juna Derala N E S3 Juna Nagdavas 'N 'E S7 Ravapar Nadi 'N 'E CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 124

125 Code Ambient Air Location GPS Coordinates Code Ambient Air Location GPS Coordinates S4 Gala 'N 'E S8 Haripar* 'N 'E CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 125

126 Figure 3-6: Google Image Showing Soil Sampling Locations CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 126

127 3.5.2 Soil Data Analysis The ph of the soil extract varied from 7.21 to The EC varied from 250 to 325 μmhos/cm indicating average type soils. Organic carbon in soils ranged from 3.8 to 5.1 % revealing the distribution more than sufficient. Nitrogen values ranged between 60 to 82 mg/kg. The Phosphorus levels ranged between 45 to 55 mg/kg. Soil potassium varied from 25 to 41 mg/kg. Table 3-13: Physicochemical Parameters of the Soil Results Sr. Test Parameters No. Project site (S1) Kerala (S2) Juna Nagdavas Gala (S4) (S3) Waghpar (S5) Juna Derala (S6) Ravapar Haripar (S8) Nadi (S7) 1 EC (mhos/cm) ph Nitrogen (as N) mg/kg Phosphorus mg/kg Potassium (as K) mg/kg Organic Carbon % Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg Magnesium (as Mg) mg/kg Sodium (as Na) mg/ kg CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 127

128 Sr. Test Parameters No. Project site (S1) Kerala (S2) Juna Nagdavas (S3) Results Waghpar Gala (S4) (S5) Juna Derala (S6) Ravapar Haripar (S8) Nadi (S7) Sulphate (as SO4) mg/kg Bulk Density gm/cc Texture Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam Silt loam CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 128

129 3.5.3 Geo-Hydrological Features A. Introduction Repaid urban, industrial and Agricultural growth and its continuous expansion around Morvi Town, Dist. Morvi has created problems related to water supply, Sewerage/ effluent disposal leading to ground water depletion and pollution. The present report in corporate hydrogeology and ground water scenario based on the scientific information with special reference to Recharge Activity around Morvi town to envisage appropriate remedial measures keeping environmental impact of Morvi development in view. General Information of Morvi Taluka:- Total number of villages 121 B. Geology Total area of Taluka Sq. Kms. Saline area Sq.Kms. Fresh water area Sq.Kms. Hard rock area Sq.Kms Aluminum area Sq.Kms. Feasibility Open well, DCB, DTH Bores and deep Tube well (DR) Ground water Balance MCM/ Year Geologically the area around Ravapar Nadi village of Morvi Taluka is occupied by alluvium formation and Basalt rock formation. The thickness of alluvium in the area is about 08 to 10 mts (APS-Alluvium Plain Shallow). Alluvium occurring in out fall areas of Machchhu Rivers forms a prolific aquifer where ground water occurs under phreatic to semi confined conditions. A lineament is an interesting structure in basalt rock formation for ground water movement, stoppage and storage. Basalts are generally formed by cooling of lave flows and the rock itself can be identified by its dark tone. During cooling of lave and formation of a rock, joints develop. Joints have strike, dip and spacing, some joints structurally, disturbed and they develop fractures. Such fractures and closely spaced joints has a linear extension. So they can be seen on imagery as a line. Adyke is an intrusion in the country rock giving a distinct linear effect on the surface they obstruct the normal ground water flow and surface water movement. Weathered and fractures dykes are more productive as well as recharging purpose. Fracture zones forming the course of existing drainage are more productive as well as recharging purpose. Deccan traps basalts is exposed of upper cretaceous to lower Eocene age. C. Land / Soil Characteristic The soils are generally developed from Alluvium and basalt formation and are coarse in texture with satisfactory internal drainage. The sub soil condition below the existing ground level are almost uniform in nature. Sub soil is composed of Clay mixed with little fine grained silty sand, moram and Kankar with low resistivity due to clay and soil moisture. The area is covered with recent to sub recent alluvial deposits comprising of brownish clay mixed with CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 129

130 little fine grained sand, silty sand. The Soil below ground level consist of top silty low plastic soil layer having no swelling nature. Blackish brown to yellowish brown clayey silt or sand silt layer extends to the depth of 2 to 3 mts. D. Rain Fall The average annual rainfall (1980 to 1990) is 506 mm. (10 years) average rain fall of (1991 to 2000) 10 years is 438 mm and average rain fall of last 10 years is 701 mm contributed mainly by Southwestern monsoon active from June to Mid September. E. Climate The climate of the area is semi arid and is characterized by a hot summers. May is the hottest month with mean daily maximum temperature of C. The area has semi arid climate with drought frequency of 34%. F. Geohydrology The litho logical logs of exploratory bore holes, electrical logging results by govt. agencies in and around Morvi Taluka have been studied to understand the subsurface geology and the aquifer system. These bore holes have penetrated the thick sequence of Jura- Cretaceous age down to m depth. G. Ground Water Condition In the area under investigation, around water occurs both under phreatic and semi confined condition in alluvium formation. The occurrence and movement of ground water is mainly controlled by primary porosity of inter granular pore spaces. Ground water is being developed extensively by means of combination tubewell for water supply both in domestic and agricultural sector. H. Depth of Ground Water Table Shallow aquifer (Phreatic) development (up to 30m depth) in the area is limited due to rapid urbanization inferior quality and low yields. In general the ground water occurs under water table condition & confined condition where water level ranges from 30 to 60 mts depth depending upon the rock type. Pumping water level of the area is 70 to 80 mts. tube wells and DCB yield portable water up to 80 mts. depth and Quality deteriorates with depth. I. EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment EIA is to identify, Predict, mitigate and communicate the possible impact due to proposed project. Industries require water for processing, cooling, boiler feed and other miscellaneous uses such as washing, maintenance of yards and domestic requirement in townships. Mostly the industrial uses are non-consumptive, thus making reuse through recycling and other conservation measures possible. The amount of water consumed for any product, varies widely depending upon the processes used, plant efficiency, technology employed, the degree to which water is re-circulated and other factors. Industrial waste may contain different kinds of toxic pollutants, which if untreated may result in contamination of water resources. Treatment of industrial waste water CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 130

131 and recycling are essential to conserve water resources. Main source of water is borewell within the plant site. Use of water for industrial purpose causes negative impact on the environment. However the select process is eco-friendly. The proponent is going for rain water harvesting by recharge tubewell, which will also used in development of green belt. The development of green belt improves the moist conditions in the soil and control thermal radiation. Due to rain water harvesting, ground water quality will be improved in due course. Used of water of tubewell for industrial purpose cause negative impact on the environment. Rain water harvesting by recharge tubewell will come back and control the negative impact of environment. Treatment of industrial waste water and recycling are essential to conserve water resources. The quantum of recharge should be equal to or more than the proposed withdrawal or consumption. Efficient utilization of recycled water and reuse of water should be mandatory. Water audit measures to be adopted for ensuring minimum use of water. Runoff from the entire project area is to be utilized for artificial recharge to ground water. Treated water shall not be used for recharge to ground water. Only filtered rain water shall be used for recharge ground water There will be no impact of ground water in the area due to the industries because the ground water level of the area varies from 25 to 30 mts. from ground level. Due to industries operation no waste water will be generated due to the plant is zero discharged eco-friendly process, therefore there will be no impact on the ground water quality as water available in tubewell is portable. It is recommended to provide pucca flooring in the process area as well as in chemical storage area. Chemical storage area is to be provided with dyke wall to control on stop the effluent discharge on land which may contaminate soil. Explore the possibility of reuse/recycle and other cleaner production options for reduction of wastes and to conserve fresh water as the aqua is over exploitation zone. Ensure the efficient operations of provided EMS (Environmental Management System). Ensure proper collection and handling of effluent o\to void any leakages and spillages. Reuse of condensate water in cooling tower. Ensure optimum use of grand water resources. Regular monitoring of water consumption. Maintain proper record of resources utilization. Explore the technology for cleaner production waste minimization of waste treatment /reuse/recycles co-incineration of waste. Ensure proper discharge of sewage to soak pit via septic tank. J. Feasibility of Source at Project Area: Area around Ravapar Nadi village is checked on ground water prospect Map, prepared by National Remote Sensing Agency, Dept. of SPAC, G.O.I. Hyderabad, map sheet no. 41J13 for feasibility of source. The detail is as under Hydro Geomorphic units/ land form: APS 3 (6 to 10 mts) (Alluvium Plain Shallow) CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 131

132 Geological sequence/ Rock type :- Upper cretaceous to Eocene Deccan Traps Depth of water table of the area : m in Dug well, m in Borewell Recharge condition : Limited Aquifer Material in Basaltic Rock : L.S. Loose Sediment W.R. Weathered Rock F.R.- Fractured rock Type of Well of the area B.W. Borewell mts.depth,60-80 LPM Homogeneity in the unit & success rate of well Moderate Quality of water Potable, some places Non Potable Ground water irrigated area 4 to 6% Recharge structure suitability and priority Moderate RP = Recharge Pit, NB = Nala Bund, CD-Checked Dam Remarks (Problems/Limitations) Alluvium under ground basalt from the aquifer more suitable for Borewell. In around village is Hari par, Gala, Mansar, Ground water is Saline or Brackish. 1) Drainage Pattern of the surrounding Region The area has a drainage pattern which is of the parallel and trellis type and which is controlled by the topography and structure and tectonics of the region. All the small streams flow from the higher grounds and meet ultimately Machchhu River which flow from south to north direction to south west direction near project area. The area Drainage ultimately meet with Gulf of Kutch. Area has diverse landscape made up of small hills, valley, drainage flow, Platue and alluvium plain. The terrain slope is southly in the north and westernly in the south number of major river drains the area. Due to terrain constraint it is necessary to adopt proper soil conservation and sand water development and management practice for w/s in sustained basis. Because of short span of monsoon season and limited storage capacity and rapid cut flow for hard rock aquifers, that is need to provide ground water recharge facilities to supplement its which drawl at a time of summer. As various components of the hydrologic system-catchment runoff, base flow and ground water an integrated at the level of river basins, river basin should be the unit of governance and management of water resource such a system of governance will ensure integration of physical sustainability consideration and the social economical and environmental consideration in water resources management planning which ultimately result in good governance Land Use Status A. Introduction The land-use & land cover map of the 10 km radius study area from the project site has been prepared using IRS P6 LISS-III satellite image procured from NRSC (National Remote sensing Centre), Hyderabad. Land use pattern of the study area as well as the catchment area was carried out by standard methods of analysis of remotely sensed data and followed by ground CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 132

133 truth collection (Bench mark) and interpretation of satellite data. The outcome of land use study has been presented below in subsequent table and figures. The data was processed through ArcGIS Software tools available with ESRI Package. The Land use map of the 10 Km study area is presented in Figure 3-7. B. Land use & land cover classification results Land Cover is the physical material at the surface of the earth (it include grass, asphalt, trees, bare ground, water, etc.) whereas Land use is the human use of land. Land Use involves the management and modification of natural environment or wilderness into built environment such as fields, pastures, and settlements. It has also been defined as "the arrangements, activities and inputs people undertake in a certain land cover type to produce, change or maintain it". There is no one ideal classification of land use and land cover, and i t is unlikely that one could ever be developed. There are different perspectives in the classification process, and the process itself tends to be subjective, even when an objective numerical approach is used. Concepts concerning land cover and land use activity are closely related and in many cases have been used interchangeably. The purposes for which lands are being used commonly have associated types of cover, whether they are forest, agricultural, residential, or industrial. Remote sensing image-forming devices do not record activity directly. The remote sensor acquires a response which is based on many characteristics of the land surface, including natural or artificial cover. The interpreter uses color, tones, textures, shapes, size, patterns, and site associations to derive information about land use activities from what is basically information about land cover. To begin with, there is considerable diversity of opinion about what constitutes land use, although present use of land is one of the characteristics that are widely recognized as significant for planning and management purposes. The classification must be scientifically defensible presenting a logical progression of its applicability over large areas, amenable for use with remote sensor data. The classification scheme is adopted for extracting information for on most possible land use/land cover classes in general and all the agricultural seasons in particular and hence enable to repeat the process at regular time intervals. The present Land use / Land cover map for the proposed project activity is prepared by current vintage of satellite image. This report thus will enable assessing the impact on land use pattern in the study area due to the proposed project activity. C. Data Used Current vintage data of Indian Remote Sensing satellite IRS P6 LISS III digital FCC (False Color Composite) has been used for preparation of Land use/ Land cover thematic map of study area. Survey of India toposheet as a reference map on 1:50,000 scale has been used for preparation of base layer data like road, rail network, village and mine site and for geo referencing of satellite image. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 133

134 D. Technical Details Satellite Image - IRS P6 LISS III Satellite Data Source - NRSC, Hyderabad Software Used - Earth Resources Data Analysis System (ERDAS) Imagine 9.2 and ArcGis10. E. Methodology Land use / Land cover map preparation, Base map creation; Geometric and Radiometric correction of satellite image has been processed using ERDAS Imagine 9.2 Software. Salient features of the adopted methodology are given below: Acquisition of satellite data. Preparation of base map from Survey of India toposheets. Data analysis using visual interpretation techniques. Ground truth studies or field checks. Finalization of the map. Digitization using heads up vectorisation method. Area calculation for statistics generation. F. Interpretation of Remote Sensing Data Satellite images are composed of array of grid, each grid has a numeric value that is known as digital number. Smallest unit of this grid is known as a pixel that captures reflectance of ground features represented in terms of Digital number, each representing specific land features. Using image classification technique, the satellite data is converted into thematic information, map based on the user s knowledge about the ground area. Hybrid technique has been used i.e. visual interpretation and digital image processing for identification of different land use and vegetation cover classes based on spectral signature of geographic feature. Spectral signature represents various land use classes. Image interpretation keys are developed based on image characteristics like color, tone, size, shape, texture, pattern, shadow, association etc, which enables interpretation of satellite images for ground feature. Training sites are then assigned based on their spectral signature and interpretation elements. Using image classification algorithm land use map is generated. A total of seven land use/land cover classes have been demarcated in the study area following Level I, II and III classification Table A thematic map suitable for 1:25,000 scale map generation incorporating these classified categories has been prepared and considering that the area of the project is considerably small a large scale map is prepared Figure 3-7. The area as a whole represents plain area with very gentle sloping to nearly level area & to the north of area flowing from south to north and it is also observed that the major stream (Machchhu and Godadharoi) are linked with these two main drainage that debouche into the Little Rann of Kutchchh. Medium level industrial zone covered for 1.57 sq km, the total land area of scrub land covered 5.59 sq km and sq km area covered under agriculture land as well as plantation / Horticulture 0.05 sq km has developed mainly in the area adjacent to the rivers. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 134

135 The adjoining area of project site is totally agricultural land including Kharif,Rabi and Summer crop, constitute the dominant category of land use covering as much as sq km of the total area. Active river canal forming the perennial water body together with the numerous open & wastelands form a major and minor land cover category. Active river and its tributaries flowing into it cover about 9.20 sq km of the total project area. Due to large seasonal variation in discharge of these rivers, the area coverage of this category various in space and time. The consistently shifting nature of the (canal name) and consequent bank migration has resulted in large uncultivated & rural settlement along the active plain area towards the site location. These areas (1.74 sq km) are village pond and waterbody in the development area of the project site and are located within the uncultivated land areas significant distribution. The land use for settlement is mostly confined to Table 3-14: Land Use Land Cover S.No. LULC Class Area (Sq.Km2) Percentage 1 Built up land (Urban/Rural) Industry/Mining Kharif crop land 3 Rabi crop land Zaid cropland Double/triple crop land Plantations / Horticulture Land with scrub Land without scrub Rivers/Streams/Lakes/canal Waterbody TOTAL the rural and urban settlement (built up-rural) 4.70 sq km and land without scrub feature sq km of the total area & as such there is no current fallow land because the satellite used is of March month when most of the crop is towards senence or maturity. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 135

136 Figure 3-7: Land use and Land Cover Map of the 10 km Radius of the Study Area CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 136

137 Figure 3-8: Satellite Image of the 10 km Radius of the Study Area CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 137

138 Figure 3-9: Infrastructure Map of the 10 km Radius of the Study Area CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 138

139 3.5.5 Topography The area of the project site (M/s. HIGHBORNE LAMINATE P. Ltd) is located in the NORTHERN part of MORBI DISTRICT of Gujarat state. The topographic feature & drainage pattern of the study area has been studied from SRTM3, 2008 data having resolution of 3 arc seconds. The toposheet have been analysed using GIS application to generate the contour line at interval of 10 Kms considering one elevated area in the study region. Further, the digital elevation data have been analysed to determine the slope & elevation profiles of the each individual villages of the study area as well as whole study area to ascertain the landform of the villages and study area. It has been observed that the major area of study area is levelled plain to nearly level with small slopes. Two areas in the study region have been noticed with considerably gentle slope near village Meghpar making the landform of small slopes indicating small plain with the elevation profile. Over all slope direction of the study area is noticed towards south to north. The maximum elevation and higher slope is found near northern part of Rangpar, Bela Rangpar, and Kerala village where a medium height is situated. The generated streams indicated that the most of the area are covered by one main stream ie Machchhu and Godadharoi river flowing through the South Northern area and downstream merges with Little Rann of Kutchchh. Besides it is also observed that the minor stream are linked with these two main drainage channel and are sufficient to take care of draining the runoff during probable high rainfall to avoid flooding in the region. Topography of the area is characterized by dominating plain area with very gentle sloping to nearly level area. A. Digital Elevation Model Digital Elevation Models are data files that contain the elevation of the terrain over a specified area, usually at a fixed grid interval over the "Bare Earth". The intervals between each grid points will always be referenced to some geographical coordinate system. This is usually either latitude-longitude or UTM (Universal Transverse Mercator) coordinate systems. The closer are together the grid points, more detailed information will be in the file. The detail s of the peaks and valleys in the terrain will be better modelled with small grid spacing than when the grid interval s are very large. Elevations other than at the specific grid point locations are not contained in the file. As a result peak points and valley points not coinciding with the grid will not be recorded in the file. For practical purpose this "Bare Earth" DEM is generally synonymous with a Digital Terrain Model (DTM) B. Data Used DEM Data: Shuttle Radar Topographic Mission (SRTM) data Software Used: ERDAS Imagine 9.2 & Arc GIS 10. C. Physiography and Drainage Pattern The area of the project site is located in the northern part of Morbi District of Gujarat state. Topography of the area is characterized by very gentle sloping area to level to nearly level. A CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 139

140 Seasonal river, i.e. Machchhu and Godadharoi River, drains through the study area and merges into Little Rann of Kutchchh. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 140

141 Figure 3-10: Topography Map of the 10 km Radius of the Study Area CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 141

142 3.5.6 Ecology Status A. Review and Map Analysis After first consultation with client we had discussed with our team and standerdised our approach for each component of project. We received all site specific information including maps, toposheets, project related documents etc. from client. Collection and collation of project related secondary information from our EIA coordinator of consultant. Rapid survey of the project area to identify existing major habitat types within it (Wilderness area-wasteland & Gauchar land: Krishnagar road, Gungan, Nr.jadeshwar temple, Nr.Amangar, Gada village and Nr.Sapar; Agriculture & Road side habitation: Gala-Sapar road, Rangpur-Bela road, Rampur-Meghpar road and Bharatnagar- Bhaktinagar road; and Wetlands including village ponds, tanks, nallah and riverine: like Machchhu river, Ghodadhrai river, Nr.Waghapar nallah, Bela nallah and Nr.Rangpur rivulet). B. Methodology and Field Survey After various meeting with project authority and concultant, we finalized our fieldlevel approach and methodology for collection of primary data on biodiversity components including floristic and faunal survey. This fileld approach involved mainly the survey-based primary data collection on various biodiversity components of the project objectives. The field data collection mainly included biodiversity assessment of different life forms of floral species such as; trees, shrubs & climbers, herbs and grass. Faunal diversity was also assessed by inventorying the major group like herpetofauna, birds and mammals. For biodiversity assessment we followed standered methods for each component like for plants survey, we laid a plots at various site specific habitat and paramulated method also been employed to document each plant species with their phynological details if any and other important details like collected medicinal value of selected plant species from local villagers, associated habitat, local name etc. While, for bird species survey, we followed total count method for aquatic species (Bhupathy 1991) and point counted survey (Bibby et al., 1992) employed to survey terrestrial species. In case of herpetofauna, method suggested by Welsh (1987) been employed and intensive time constrained search been employed for each dominant habitat. Daniels (1992) and Burnham et al., (1980) methods been followed to search mammalian species through direct count and indirect count, respectively. In addition, published and un-published review on various faunal components and various suggected site specific and species specific methods also been employed to document overall status of fauna in and around the project sites. C. Floral Status Status of floral diversity was assessed in representative habitats of each type like; wastelands which include: open scrub, gauchar land and Prosopis juliflora thickets, semi-wilderness area, agricultural hedge, near human habitation, plantation, stream and river beds and wetlands (inland). CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 142

143 D. Faunal Status 1) Herpetofauna Status of herpetofauna was assessed using Intensive Time Constrained Search Method covering different micro habitats (Welsh, 1987, Welsh and Lind 1991). This intensive search was made in different habitat types randomly selected. 2) Birds Avifaunal status was assessed both in terrestrial and aquatic habitats. Total count or flock count method was adopted to assess the status of aquatic birds in the existing water bodies (Sridharan 1989 and Bhupathy 1991). Point count method was used to assess the status of terrestrial birds (Bibby et al., 1992 and Hutto et al., 1986). The second technique adopted was area search method (Dieni and Jones 2002), a time area constrained survey technique that has been widely and commonly used in several bird monitoring programs. 3) Mammals Status and distribution of different mammal species was quantified using Direct count Vehicle transects (travelling between the sampling location) (Burnham et al. 1980) and indirect evidences within the survey areas (Rodgers 1988 and Sale and Berkmuller, 1988). Indirect evidences like, Pellet, dung, tracks (Thommpson et al 1989, Allen et al 1996), scat count (Henke and knowlton 1995) and other signs were enumerated using standered method for nocturnal species (Daniels 1992). Presence of different faunal species was also substantiated by interviewing the local people and experts with pictorial representation. E. Biodiversity Status This section discuses the ecological status of biota for the Hi Borne Pvt. Ltd. The baseline status of biota (plant and animals) discussed at various site-specific as well as habitat specific. Several time also discuused with local communities to collect various information relating to existing biodiversity in and around the project sites and same also benn confirmed through available literature on taluka and distirct level with form of published and un-published references. F. Biodiversity Status- Flora 1) Taxonomical Status Within the sample plots of the study areas, a total of 127 plant species belong to 114 genera and 51 families were recorded. In addition, dicotyledons are dominant plant group and representated by 114 species (89.47%) (Table 3-15). In addition, maximum species (76 Nos.) were recorded from agriculture & road side habitat and followed by wasteland/habitation/gauchar land habitat (70 species) and wetland/riverine areas (51 species) (Table 3-24). Table 3-15: Taxonomic Status of plant species: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd Taxonomical status Dicotyledons Monocotyledons Overall Families Genera Species CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 143

144 Taxonomical status Dicotyledons Monocotyledons Overall Relative % % 9.45 % 100 % 2) Status of Life form Study area reported 127 plant species and they formed 13 sub-categories of lifeforms within five main categories. Among the life forms, herb was dominated by recording 50 species and contributed maximum of 39.37% of the total list of plants followed by trees (33 species and 25.98%). Third dominating life form was shrub species (24) and shared 18.90%. The contribution other life forms was less than 10% of the species list (Table 3-16). Table 3-16: Life form Status of plant species: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. Life Form Herb Aquatic Herb 1 Herb 49 Grass Grass 11 Sedge 1 Climber Climber 4 Parasite 1 Twiner 2 Woody Twiner 1 Shrub Under Shrub 6 Shrub 13 Straggling Shrub 5 Tree Tree 26 Small Tree 7 Nos. Relative % TOTAL ) Common/Domestic Tree species A total of 12 common tree species were identified with a total of 33 trees within the sample plots of the study area. Among the species, Acacia nilotica, Azadirachta indica and Cassia siamea was enumerated maximum times in and around the settlement areas (Table 3-17 & Table 3-24). Table 3-17: Common Tree species: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family 1 Acacia nilotica (L.) Del. subsp. indica(bth.) Brenan Deshi Baval, Bavar Tree Mimosaceae 2 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Bth. Karo Sirish Tree Mimosaceae 3 Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Limbdo, Neem Tree Meliaceae 4 Cassia siamea Lam. Kasid Tree Caesalpiniaceae 5 Cordia gharaf (Forsk.) E.&.A. Gundi Tree Ehretiaceae 6 Delonix regia (Boj.) Raf. Gulmohor Tree Caesalpiniaceae CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 144

145 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family 7 Derris indica (Lam.) Bennet Karanj Tree Fabaceae 8 Ficus benghalensis L. Vad Tree Moraceae 9 Leucaena latisiliqua (L.) Wt. & Arn. Liso Bavar Tree Mimosaceae 10 Mangifera indica L. Keri Tree Anacardiaceae 11 Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) Backer ex Heyne Tamrafali Tree Caesalpiniaceae 12 Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.) Thw. Asopalav Tree Annonaceae 4) Wild/Forest Tree Species Within the study area only 3 wild/forest tree species have been recorded which were belonging to 2 families and 3 genera. Since the area are dominant with agriculture habitat, and hence, very few trees were recorded under this category (Table 3-18 & Table 3-24) and it indicates low density of wild tree species in and around the study area. Table 3-18: Wild/Forest Tree species: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family 1 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd. Harmo Bavar Tree Mimosaceae 2 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Kesudo, Khakharo Tree Fabaceae 3 Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce Khijado, Hangar Tree Mimosaceae 5) Status of Agriculture Crops Based on the intensive field survey in and around the agricultural area and dialogue with the local farmers a total of 10 species have been listed from the study area as crop species. Fruit and vegetable crops were found cultivated along the agricultural hedges in a small extent of area (Table 3-19 & Table 3-24). In the study area, Kapas (Gossypium herbaceum), Bajri (Pennisetum typhoides) and Ghahun (Triticum asetivum) are the major crops cultivated extensively. Table 3-19: List of Agriculture and Other Crop Species Recorded: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Season 1 Citrus limon (L.) Burm. Limbu Small Tree Rutaceae All Gossypium herbaceum auct. Non L. var. acerifolium (Guill. Kapas Shrub Malvaceae 2 & Perr.) Chevalier Monsoon 3 Momordica charantia L. Karela Climber Cucurbitaceae All Pennisetum typhoides A. Summer Bajri, Bajaro Grass Poaceae 4 Rich. Monsoon 5 Through Interviewed Ghahun Grass Poaceae Winter 6 Through Interviewed Tal Herb Pedaliaceae Monsoon 7 Through Interviewed Mag Phali Herb Fabaceae Monsoon 8 Through Interviewed Jovar Herb Poaceae Monsoon 9 Through Interviewed Jiru Herb Apiaceae Winter CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 145

146 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Season 10 Through Interviewed Variari Herb Apiaceae Winter G. Biodiversity - Status of Fauna 1) Herpetofauna The buffer zone area covering 5 km radius reported overall 7 species belong to 7 genus and 6 families. Within the buffer zone, among the habitats types maximum of five species were enered along the Machchhu River (discussed and collected information from local people) followed by three species in agriculture areas and two species in other habitats (Table 3-20). Table 3-20: Taxonomical Status of Herpetofauna: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. Family & Species name Common and Local Name IUCN Status FROGS/ Ranidae 1 Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Skittering Frog (Dedako) LR-nt LIZARDS/ Gekkonidae 2 Hemidactylus brookii Spotted Indian House Gecko (Garodi) LR-lc AGAMIDS/ Agamidae 3 Calotes versicolor Indian Garden Lizard (Kachindo) LR-nt 4 Sitana ponticeriana Fan-Throated Lizard (Kachindi) LR-lc SNAKES/ Boidae 5 Eryx johnii Eastern Red Sand Boa (Dhomalo) LR-lc SNAKES/ Colubridae 6 Ptyas mucosa Indian Rat Snake (Nag) LR-nt TURTLES/ Trionychidae 7 Lissemys punctata Indian Mud or Flap-shell Turtle (Kachbo) - LR-nt- Lower risk near threatened and LR-Ic- Lower risk least concern 2) Birds (Terrestrial and Aquatic) Status of terrestrial and aquatic birds was assessed during latter part of winter and summer and reported a total of 38 species belongs to 37 genera and 31 families in the buffer zone of study area (Table 3-21). Habitat specific abundance resulted more contribution was from agriculture and habitation areas; and there is no any permanent aquatic habitat existing within it, therefore during the study period aquatic avifauna was reported from the nearby wetland and reservoir. Table 3-21: Overall Status of Terrestrial and Aquatic Birds: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. S. No. Order, Family and Species Common English Name MS Sch. FG GALLIRORMES Phasianidae 1 Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl R I G ANSERIFORMES CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 146

147 S. No. Order, Family and Species Common English Name MS Sch. FG Anatidae 2 Sarkidiornis melanotos Comb Duck R IV A UPUPIFORMES Upupidae 3 Upupa epops Common Hoopoe RM IV I CORACIIFORMES Coraciidae 4 Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller R IV I Alcedinidae 5 Alcedo Hercules Common Kingfisher R IV P Dacelonidae 6 Halcyon smyrnensis White-throated Kingfisher R IV P Cerylidae 7 Ceryle rudis Lesser Pied Kingfisher R IV P Meropidae 8 Merops orientalis Green Bee-eater R IV I CUCULIFORMES Cuculidae 9 Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel R IV F Centropodidae 10 Centropus sinensis Greater Coucal R IV O PSITTACIFORMES Psittacidae 11 Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Parakeet R IV F APODIFORMES Apodidae 12 Apus affinis House(Little) Swift R IV I STEIGIFORMES Strigidae 13 Athene brama Spotted Owlet R IV C COLUMBIFORMES Columbidae 14 Columba livia Rock Pigeon R IV G 15 Streptopelia tranquebarica Red-collared Dove R IV G GRUIFORMES Rallidae 16 Gallinula chloropus Common Moorhen R IV A 17 Fulica atra Common Coot R IV A CICONIFORMES Scolopacidae CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 147

148 S. No. Order, Family and Species Common English Name MS Sch. FG 18 Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper R IV A Charadriidae 19 Vanellus indicus Red-wattled Lapwing R IV I Accipitridae 20 Accipiter badius Shikra R I C 21 Circius melanoleucos Pied Harrier RM I C Falconidae 22 Falco tinnunculus Common Kestral RM IV C Phalacrocoracidae 23 Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant R IV A Ardeidae 24 Ardea cinerea Grey Heron RM IV A 25 Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret R IV AI Threskiornithidae 26 Threskiornis melanocephalus Black-headed Ibis RM IV A 27 Pseudibis papillosa Black Ibis R IV I PASSERIFORMES Corvidae 28 Corvus splendens House Crow R V I 29 Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo R IV I Muscicapidae 30 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin R IV I Sturnidae 31 Acridotheres ginginianus Bank Myna R IV I 32 Acridotheres tristis Common Myna R IV I Hirundinidae 33 Hirundo daurica Red-rump Swallow R IV I Pycnonotidae 34 Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul R IV I Sylviidae 35 Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babbler R IV G Alaudidae 36 Galerida cristata Crested Lark R IV GI Nectariniidae 37 Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird R IV N Passeridae 38 Passer domesticus House Sparrow R IV G MS= Migratory Status, M= Migratory, R= Resident, RM= Resident migratory; Sch= Schedule as per Wildlife Protection Act 1972; and FG= Feeding Guild, O= Omnivore, G= Granevore, P= Pisivore, C= Carnivore, I= Insectivore, A= Aquatic. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 148

149 3) Status of mammals As discussed with local people, within buffer zone only seven species of mammalian fauna was reported and each belongs to separate family/group. None of the family reported more than one species and showed low species richness (Table 3-22). Since the study area dominated by agriculture habitat, mammalian fauna showed low species richness. Table 3-22: Overall Status of Mammals: Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. S. No. Scientific Name Species Food Habit 1 Bovidae Boselaphus tragocamelus (Pallas, 1766) Nilgai Herbivore Canidae WPA, Canis aureus (Linnaeus, 1758) Golden Jackal Omnivore II 3 Herpestidae Herpestes edwardsii (E.Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire,1818) Grey Mongoose Omnivore Hyaenidae 4 Hyaena hyaena (Linnaeus,1758) Striped Hyena Scavenger - Hystricidae 5 Hystrix indica (Kerr,1792) Indian Porcupine Herbivore - Suidae Status 6 Sus scrofa (Linnaeus,1758) Wild Boar Herbivore III Anon The Wildlife (Protection) Act, Ammended Natraj Publication, Dehra Dun. 154 p. III II H. Threatened Plants and Animals: Conclusion Note This study reported a total of 127 plant species, 7 herpetofauna, 38 birds and 6 species of mamamals from the buffer zone of Hi Borne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. However, no threatened biodiversity reported with highest density or richness from the core and buffer zones of the study area. No true multi species forest type was recorded in the vicinity of the five kilometer radii in and around the project site. It clearly indicates the low productive potential of the terrestrial ecosystem. Since the project associated activities do not required any forest land neither ecosensitive areas, the terrestrial ecosystem is considerably free from the project related impacts. In addition, it has been suggested to plant several local tree and shrub species (with following important specific terams) under afforestation program to improve their abundance status as well as wilderness areas and several characteristics to improve adjoin land to project areas: Tree and shrub species which are tall and bearing larger canopy cover and leaf area with different size classes (small, medium and larger) were suggested to maintain the different canopy levels at vertical profile. Many fruit trees and shrubs were in the selection list to attract birds, squiral and fruit eating bats which are locally available. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 149

150 Mostly local tree and shrub species were recommended (See following list) to provide habitat for faunal species, increase the species diversity and maintain the naturalness. Table 3-23: List of plant species recommended to plant and improve vegetation cover in and around the project sites Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family 1 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd. Harmo Bavar Tree Mimosaceae 2 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Kesudo, Khakharo Tree Fabaceae 3 Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce Khijado, Hangar Tree Mimosaceae 4 Acacia nilotica (L.) Del. subsp. indica(bth.) Brenan Deshi Baval, Bavar Tree Mimosaceae 5 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Bth. Karo Sirish Tree Mimosaceae 6 Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Limbdo, Neem Tree Meliaceae 7 Cordia gharaf (Forsk.) E.&.A. Gundi Tree Ehretiaceae 8 Ficus benghalensis L. Vad Tree Moraceae In addition, all the terrestrial systems are dominated by resident species. Common mammalian species like Jackal, Nilgai and Wild Boar were more abundant close to the project sites. So, aboive wild and semi-wild tree/small tree species were suggested for plantation to maintain the wilderness and to provide habitat for faunal species. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 150

151 Table 3-24: Habitat-wise checklist of Plant Species recorded in and around the Hiborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. Habitat Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Agriculture/ Road Side Wetland/ Riverine 1 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sw. subsp. indicum Kanski Under Shrub Malvaceae 2 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd. Harmo Bavar Tree Mimosaceae Acacia nilotica (L.) Del. subsp. 3 Deshi Baval, Bavar Tree Mimosaceae indica(bth.) Brenan 4 Acalypha indica L. Dadario, Dadro Herb Euphorbiaceae 5 6 Achyranthes aspera L. var. argentea Andhedi, Anghedo Herb Amaranthaceae Hook. f. Wasteland/ Habitation/ Gauchar Land Achyranthes aspera L. var. Andhedi porphyristachya Hk. f. Herb Amaranthaceae 7 Aerva persica (Burm.f.) Merrill Gorakh Ganjo Herb Amaranthaceae 8 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. MotoArduso Rukhdo, Tree Simaroubaceae 9 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Bth. Karo Sirish Tree Mimosaceae 10 Alternanthera pungens H. B. & K. Kantaro Bhangaro Herb Amaranthaceae 11 Alternanthera sessilis (L.) DC. Jar Bhaji, Jar Bhangaro Herb Amaranthaceae 12 Alysicarpus monilifer (L.) DC. var. monilifer Nano Sanervo Herb Fabaceae 13 Amaranthus spinosus L. Jangali tandaljo Herb Amaranthaceae 14 Ammannia baccifera L. Rato Jal Agio, Lal Agio Herb Lythraceae 15 Argemone mexicana L. Darudi Herb Papaverceae 16 Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Limbdo, Neem Tree Meliaceae 17 Balanites aegyptiaca (L.) Del. Hingor, Ingoriyo Small Tree Balanitaceae CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 151

152 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Agriculture/ Road Side Habitat Wetland/ Riverine 18 Bergia ammannioides Roxb. ex Roth Jal Ukharad Herb Elatinaceae 19 Blumea sp. - Herb Asteraceae 20 Boerhavia elegans Choisy Udha Satodo, Punnarva Herb Nyctaginaceae 21 Borreria articularis (L.f.) F.N. Will. - Herb Rubiaceae 22 Bougainvillea spectabilis Wild. - Straggling Shrub Nyctaginaceae 23 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Kesudo, Khakharo Tree Fabaceae 24 Caesalpinia crista L. Kakach, Kakchiya Straggling Shrub Fabaceae 25 Calotropis procera (Ait.) R. Br. Akado Shrub Asclepiadaceae 26 Capparis decidua (Forsk.) Edgew. Ker, Kerdo Under Shrub Capparaceae 27 Capparis sepiaria L. Kanther Straggling Shrub Capparaceae 28 Carica papaya L. Papaya, Papayu Tree Caricaceae 29 Cassia auriculatal. Avar, Aval Shrub Caesalpiniaceae 30 Cassia occidentalis L. Sundaro, Kasundro Herb Caesalpiniaceae 31 Cassia siamea Lam. Kasid Tree Caesalpiniaceae 32 Cassia tora L. Kunwario Herb Caesalpiniaceae 33 Celosia argentea L. Lampadi, Lampdi Herb Amaranthaceae 34 Cenchrus biflorus auct. Dhaman Grass Poaceae 35 Chloris barbata Sw. Siyar Puchh Grass Poaceae 36 Chrozophora prostrata Dalz. Betho Okharad Herb Euphorbiaceae 37 Citrus limon (L.) Burm. Limbu Small Tree Rutaceae 38 Clerodendrum inerme (L.) Gaertn. Vad Mendhi Herb Verbenaceae Wasteland/ Habitation/ Gauchar Land CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 152

153 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Agriculture/ Road Side 39 Clerodendrum multiflorum (Burm.f.) O. Arni Small Tree Verbenaceae Habitat Wetland/ Riverine 40 Coccinia grandis (L.) Voigt Tindora Climber Cucurbitaceae 41 Cocculus hirsutus (L.) Diels Vevdi Straggling Shrub Menispermaceae 42 Coldenia procumbens L. Okharad Herb Boraginaceae 43 Convolvulus microphyllus (Roth) Sieb. ex Spr. Khetrau Sankhavali Herb Convolvulaceae 44 Corchorus aestuans L. Kag Shing Herb Tiliaceae 45 Cordia dichotoma Forst. Mota Gunda Tree Ehretiaceae 46 Cordia gharaf (Forsk.) E.&.A. Gundi Tree Ehretiaceae 47 Cucumis prophetarum L. Kantalo Indranan Climber Cucurbitaceae 48 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Amarvel Parasite Cuscutaceae 49 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Dhrab Grass Poaceae 50 Cyperus rotundus L. subsp. rotundus Chiyo Sedge Cyperaceae 51 Dactyloctenium aegypticum (L.) P. Beauv. - Grass Poaceae 52 Datura metel L. Dhaturo Under Shrub Solanaceae 53 Delonix regia (Boj.) Raf. Gulmohor Tree Caesalpiniaceae 54 Dendrocalamus strictus Nees Narvans, Manvel-Vans Grass Poaceae 55 Derris indica (Lam.) Bennet Karanj Tree Fabaceae 56 Desmostachya bipinnata (L.) Stapf Dabha, Dabhado Grass Poaceae 57 Digera muricata (L.) Mart. Kanjaro, Kanejro Herb Amaranthaceae Wasteland/ Habitation/ Gauchar Land CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 153

154 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Agriculture/ Road Side 58 Diospyros cordifolia Roxb. Makrodu, Makrodi Small Tree Ebenaceae 59 Dipteracanthus prostratus Hassk. - Herb Acanthaceae Habitat Wetland/ Riverine 60 Echinochloa colonum (L.) Link Samo Grass Poaceae 61 Echinops echinatus Roxb. Utkanto Under Shrub Asteraceae 62 Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. Mant. Jal Bhangro Herb Asteraceae 63 Enicostema axillare (Lamk.) Roynal Mamejavo Herb Gentianaceae 64 Eucalyptus globulus Labill. Nilgiri Tree Myrtaceae 65 Euphorbia hirta L. Dudhali Herb Euphorbiaceae 66 Euphorbia nivulia Buch.- Ham. Thuar, Thor Shrub Euphorbiaceae 67 Euphorbia thymifolia L. Dudheli Herb Euphorbiaceae 68 Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L. var. alsinoides Kari Sankhavail Herb Convolvulaceae 69 Ficus benghalensis L. Vad Tree Moraceae 70 Ficus religiosa L. Piparo Tree Moraceae 71 Glinus lotoides L. Okharad Herb Molluginaceae 72 Gomphrena celosioides Mart - Herb Amaranthaceae 73 Gossypium herbaceum auct. Non L. var. acerifolium(guill. & Perr.) Chevalier Kapas Shrub Malvaceae 74 Grangea maderaspatana (L.) Poir. - Herb Asteraceae 75 Heliotropium ovalifolium Forsk. - Herb Boraginaceae 76 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis L. Jasund Shrub Malvaceae Wasteland/ Habitation/ Gauchar Land CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 154

155 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Agriculture/ Road Side Habitat Wetland/ Riverine 77 Holoptelea integrifolia (Roxb.) Planch. Kanaji Tree Ulmaceae 78 Indigofera linnaei Ali. - Herb Fabaceae 79 Ipomoea fistulosa Mart. - Straggling Shrub Convolvulaceae 80 Jatropha gossypifolia L. Ratanjyot Shrub Euphorbiaceae 81 Justicia procumbens L. Bodi Andhedi Herb Acanthaceae 82 Lindernaria sp. - Herb Scrophulariaceae 83 Kirganelia reticulata (Poir.) Baill. Kamboi Shrub Euphorbiaceae 84 Lantana camara auct. Non L. Indradhanu Under Shrub Verbenaceae 85 Launaea procumbens (Roxb.) Ram. & Raj. Moti Bhoyan Patri Herb Asteraceae 86 Leucaena latisiliqua (L.) Wt. & Arn. Liso Bavar Tree Mimosaceae 87 Lycopersicon lycopersicum (L.) Karst. Tamata, Tamatu Herb Solanaceae 88 Manilkara sp. - Tree Sapotaceae 89 Maerua oblongifolia (Foeak.) A. Rich. Hemkand Woody Twiner Capparaceae 90 Mangifera indica L. Keri Tree Anacardiaceae 91 Momordica charantia L. Karela Climber Cucurbitaceae 92 Morus alba L. Setur Tree Moraceae 93 Murraya koenigii (L.) Spr. Mitho Limado Small Tree Rutaceae 94 Nerium indicum Mill. Lal Karen Shrub Apocynaceae 95 Nymphaea nouchali Burm. f. Poyana Aquatic Herb Nympheaceae 96 Ocimum sanctum L. Tulsi Herb Lamiaceae Wasteland/ Habitation/ Gauchar Land CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 155

156 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Agriculture/ Road Side 97 Paspalum sp. - Grass Poaceae Habitat Wetland/ Riverine 98 Parthenium hysterophorus L. Congress Grass Herb Asteraceae 99 Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) Backer ex Heyne Tamrafali Tree Caesalpiniaceae 100 Pennisetum typhoides A. Rich. Bajri, Bajaro Grass Poaceae 101 Pergularia daemia (Forsk.) Chiov. Chamar Dudheli Twiner Asclepiadaceae 102 Phyla nodiflora (L.) Greene Rat Velio Herb Verbenaceae 103 Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.) Thw. Asopalav Tree Annonaceae 104 Polygonum glabrum Willd. - Herb Polygonaceae 105 Portulaca sp Luni Herb Portulacaceae 106 Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce Khijado, Hangar Tree Mimosaceae 107 Prosopis juliflora (Sw.) DC. Gando Bavar Shrub Mimosaceae 108 Punica granatum L. Dadam Small Tree Punicaceae 109 Pupalia lappacea (L.) Juss. Zapti Under Shrub Amaranthaceae 110 Rhynchosia minima (L.) DC. var. minima - Twiner Fabaceae 111 Ricinus communis L. Divela, Arenda Shrub Euphorbiaceae 112 Saccharum spontaneum L. Dabh, Kans Grass Poaceae 113 Salvadora oleoides Decne. Piludi Shrub Salvadoraceae 114 Salvadora persica L. Piludi-Khari Shrub Salvadoraceae 115 Sida ovata Forsk. - Herb Malvaceae 116 Solanum surattense Burm. f. Bhoyan Ringani Herb Solanaceae Wasteland/ Habitation/ Gauchar Land CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 156

157 Sr.No Species Name Local Name Habit Family Agriculture/ Road Side 117 Sorghum bicolor (L.) Moench. Juwar, Jawar Grass Poaceae Habitat Wetland/ Riverine Wasteland/ Habitation/ Gauchar Land 118 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skells Jambu Tree Myrtaceae 119 Tamarindus indica L. Ambali, Emali Tree Caesalpiniaceae 120 Tamarix sp. - Shrub Tamaricaceae 121 Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. Sarpankho Herb Fabaceae 122 Terminalia catappa L. Badam Tree Combertaceae 123 Thespesia populnea (L.) Sol. ex Corr. Paras Pimpro Small Tree Malvaceae 124 Tinospora cordifolia (Willd.) Miers Garo Climber Menispermaceae 125 Tribulus terrestris L. Gokharu Herb Zygophyllaceae 126 Trichodesma amplexicaule Roth Undha Fuli Herb Boraginaceae 127 Tridax procumbensi L. Pardeshi Bhangro Herb Asteraceae TOTAL PLANT SPECIES RECORDED IN EACH HABITAT CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 157

158 3.6 Socio Economic Environment Introduction Development of projects goes hand in hand with environmental impact and hence before any project is undertaken the damages in relation to the benefits should be measured. Unfortunately environmental issues are interdisciplinary, interactive, biological and probabilistic and because the information is always deficient, the outcome has a considerable degree of uncertainty or risk. This conflict between development and conservation is difficult to reconcile. Environmental baseline, ecological reconnaissance and environmental impact studies provide databases and quantitative assessment of environmental factors related to development projects. Any developmental activity will influence the socioeconomic conditions of the population in the region and thus the Quality of Life (QOL). Socioeconomic survey is necessary in EIA/EMP report preparation to predict the changes on social and economic status. Hence baseline data for demographic characteristics, education, health, amenities and sensitive locations existing in and around the project area have been studied in the study area. For the study of socioeconomics 10 km radius around the site is selected. In this study area 22 villages were located during study, hence forwarding sections gives study overview for these 22 villages. List of villages within study area is as under: 1 Waghpar 7 Juna derala 13 Sahpar 19 Amarnagar 2 Gala 8 Meghpar 14 Jasmetgadh 20 Laxminagar 3 Ravapar 9 Bahadurgadh 15 Gungan 21 Vanalia 4 Kerala 10 Nava Nagadavas 16 Derala 22 Gorkhijadia 5 Haripar 11 Rampar 17 Khevaliya 6 Juna Nagadavas 12 Piludi 18 Naranka Socioeconomics Village/town wise population, households, Occupation and Literacy status have been collected based on Census, 2011 in the following aspects: 1. Total population 08.Total worker females (main + marginal) 2. Population (0-6 years) 09. Main workers (Persons) 3. Literacy rate (Persons) 10. Marginal workers (Persons) 4. Literacy rate (Males) 11. Main workers (Persons) 5. Literacy rate (Females) 12. Non workers (Persons) 6. Total worker persons (main + marginal) 13. Non workers (Males) 7. Total worker males (main + marginal) 14. Non workers (Females) A. Households A 'household' is usually a group of persons who normally live together and take their meals from a common kitchen unless the exigencies of work prevent any of them from doing so. Persons in a household may be related or unrelated or a mix of both. However, if a group of CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 158

159 unrelated persons live in a census house but do not take their meals from the common kitchen, then they are not constituent of a common household. Each such person was to be treated as separate households. The important link is finding out whether it was a household or not was a common kitchen. There may be one member households, two member households or multi-member households. There are nearly 8581 households are found in the study area. The list of Households is given in Table B. Population Village/ town wise population composition as per 2011 census is listed in Table The male & female population is and respectively. The SC and ST population from the total population is 6.9 % and 1.2 % respectively. The summarized data of population distribution is given in Table 3-25 and represented in Figure Table 3-25: Population Composition Sr. POPULATION SC POPULATION ST POPULATION Name No. HH T M F T M F T M F 1 Waghpar Gala Ravapar Kerala Haripar Juna Nagadavas Juna derala Meghpar Bahadurgadh Nava nagadavas Rampar Piludi sahpar Jasmetgadh Gungan Derala Khevaliya Naranka Amarnagar Laxminagar Vanalia Gorkhijadia CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 159

160 Sr. No. POPULATION SC POPULATION ST POPULATION Name HH T M F T M F T M F Total *As per 2011 census data Population Distribution Male Female SC Male Sc Female ST Male ST Female 3% 3% 1% 1% 48% 44% Figure 3-11: Percentage of Total Population distribution C. Occupational Structure Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity with or without compensation, wages or profit. Such participation may be physical and/or mental in nature. Work involves not only actual work but also includes effective supervision and direction of work. It even includes part time help or unpaid work on farm, family enterprise or in any other economic activity. All persons engaged in 'work' as defined above are workers. Persons who are engaged in cultivation or milk production even solely for domestic consumption are also treated as workers. Occupational structure is divided in to 3 categories viz., Main workers, Marginal workers and Non workers. The distribution data for workers and non workers is given in Table 3-26 & Figure Main workers: Those workers who had worked for the major part of the reference period (i.e. 6 months or more) are termed as Main Workers. There are total main workers in this area. Marginal workers: Those workers who have not worked for the major part of the reference period (i.e. less than 6 months) are termed as marginal workers. The total marginal workers are CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 160

161 Non workers: All workers, i.e., those who have been engaged in some economic activity during the last one-year, but are not cultivators or agricultural laborers or in Household Industry, are 'Other-Workers (OW)'. The type of workers that come under this category of 'OW' include all government servants, municipal employees, teachers, factory workers, plantation workers, those engaged in trade, commerce, business, transport banking, mining, construction, political or social work, priests, entertainment artists, etc. In effect, all those workers other than cultivators or agricultural laborers or household industry workers are other workers. The total Non workers are CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 161

162 Table 3-26: Occupational Structure Sr. Name No. TOTAL WORKER MAINWORKER MARGINAL NON WORKER T M F T M F T M F T M F 1 Waghpar Gala Ravapar Kerala Haripar Juna Nagadavas 7 Juna Derala Meghapar Bahadurgadh Nava Nagadavas Rampar Piludi Sahpar Jasmetgadh Gungan Derala Khevaliya Naranka Amarnagar CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 162

163 Sr. Name No. TOTAL WORKER MAINWORKER MARGINAL NON WORKER T M F T M F T M F T M F 20 Laxminagar Vanalia Gorkhijadia Total *As per 2011 census data. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 163

164 Chart showing worker details in the study area Non workers 59% Main workers 35% Marginal workers 6% Figure 3-12: Distribution of Workers D. Literacy A person aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with understanding any language has been taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard for being treated as literate. People who were blind and could read in Braille are treated to be literates. A person, who can only read but cannot write, is treated as illiterate. All children of age 6 years or less, even if going to school and have picked up reading and writing, are treated as illiterates. The total number of literates and illiterates are and respectively Table 3-27 & Figure Table 3-27: Literacy Status No. Name Literate Illiterate T M F T M F 1 Waghpar Gala Ravapar Kerala Haripar Juna Nagadavas Juna Derala Meghapar Bahadurgadh Nava Nagadavas Rampar Piludi CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 164

165 No. Name Literate Illiterate T M F T M F 13 Sahpar Jasmetgadh Gungan Derala Khevaliya Naranka Amarnagar Laxminagar Vanalia Gorkhijadia Total *As per 2011 census data. Literacy Level Illiterate Female 18% Illiterate Male 13% Literate Male 40% Literate Female 29% Figure 3-13: Literacy Levels Amenities Education, Medical, Water availability, Post & Telegraph, Communication, Banking facilities and Power supply are considered for the study. Village wise list of amenities are given in Table 3-28 (as per 2001 Census). CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 165

166 Table 3-28: Basic Amenities detail for study villages covered in 10 km radius (As per Rajkot Census 2001 *) Sr. Village No. Drinking Water Power Supply 1. Waghpar EA 2. Gala EA 3. Ravapar EA 4. Kerala EA Educational Medical Facilities District: Morbi Approach to Village Post, Telegraph Communication and Telephone CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 166

167 Sr. Village No. Drinking Water 5. Haripar 6. Juna nagadavas Power Supply EA EA 7. Juna derala EA 8. Meghpar EA 9. Bahadurgadh EA Educational Medical Facilities Approach to Village Post, Telegraph Communication and Telephone PO PH(5-10) 10. Nava CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 167

168 Sr. Village No. Drinking Water Power Supply Educational Medical Facilities Nagadavas EA 11. Rampara EA 12. Piludi EA 13. Sahpar EA 14. Jasmetgadh EA 15. Gungan EA Approach to Village Post, Telegraph and Telephone Communication CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 168

169 Sr. Village No. Drinking Water Power Supply 16. Derala EA 17. Khevadiya EA 18. Naranka EA 19. Amarnagar EA 20. Laxminagar EA 21. Vanalia EA Educational Facilities Medical Approach to Village Post, Telegraph Communication and Telephone CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 169

170 Sr. Village No. Drinking Water Power Supply Educational Facilities 22. Gorkhijadia EA Drinking Water: 1) T -Tap Water 2) TK -Tank Water 3) TW -Tube Well Water 4) HP -Hand Pump 5) R -River Water 6) O -others 7) W -well water 8) C -Canal 9) L -Lake Educational: 10) P -Primary School 11) C -College 12) M -Middle school 13) H -High School 14) PUC -senior secondary school 15) S - Higher secondary school Medical: Medical Approach to Village Post, Telegraph Communication and Telephone CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 170

171 16) H -Allopathic Hospital 17) PHC -Primary Health Center 18) PHS -Primary Health Sub-Center 19) CHW -Community Health Worker 20) MCW -Maternity & Child Welfare 21) FWC -Family welfare center 22) D -Dispensary 23) H -Hospital 24) HD -Homeopathic Dispensary 25) TB -T.B.Clinic Post, Telegraph and Telephone: 26) PO -Post Office 27) PH -Telephone Connection Transportation: 28) BS -Bus 29) RS -Railway Station Approach to Village: 30) PR -Paved Road 31) MR -Mud Road 32) FP -Foot Path Power Supply: 33) EA -Electricity for all purposes CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 171

172 3.6.4 Site Specific Studies The following site specific studies were been conducted in order to study the present Socio- Economic conditions prevailing around the plant site for the establishment of an interactive environment between the residents of the area with the proponent which would be helpful for the proponent for the assessment of the required developments of the area. This study was done by looking and maintaining a good understanding of that locality as well as their socio-economic status which can help in the assessment of their Socio-Economic status, Costumes, Requirements for the development etc. For such benefits the following site study has been conducted Organization and Manpower In any commercial manufacturing company, it is very important to have a proper organization. This is more so in case the manufacturing involves various processes and different technical disciplines. Highborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. is a proposed plant in Gujarat. Management control and areas of responsibility should be well defined. Hence, for the purpose of this report, the organization required for proposed plant, after commissioning of the new facilities, has been considered. Manpower requirements have been assessed keeping in view the degree of automation & computerization envisaged, minimum paper work, round the clock operations etc. The total requirement is 70 consisting of 30 Local employees for the execution of work Impacts of the proposed project The industry will provide direct and indirect Employment for many of the local population. It will create employment (30) and helps to improve the social status of the local community. No Rehabilitation or land acquisition is needed for this industry. This project is not expected to generate any significant public controversy. Workers including casual workers such as truck drivers will be provided with basic amenities like safe water supply, low cost sanitation facilities, first aid, required personal protective equipments, etc. Workers will also be provided with sufficient infrastructural facilities including drinking water, toilets, sanitation facilities, power, easily accessible approach roads, communication, etc Moreover unit would be carrying out CSR activities in nearby villages in the field of public health and green belt development; which would contribute to improvements the public health in the region to some extent. Other impacts of the proposed project are: Any industrial growth will improve economic status of the people either directly or indirectly. Creation of employment generation is an another positive impact anticipated from this plant The development of infrastructure (roads, lighting etc) may not only helpful for transportation but also to improve aesthetic value of the site. The proposed green belt plan also generates some employment (labor for plantation development) and provide hygienic environment. Non- workers comprises of 58.6% of the total population in the study area. This CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 172

173 intense unemployment fate can be for extent can be reduced. Labour quarters will be provided for workers in operation phase of plant. A slight increase in traffic during construction would result as workers arrive and depart the site and as materials and equipment are delivered. This temporary traffic increase would represent only small fluctuations within the normal range. The Industry will also provide 2.5 % of the project cost, i.e, Rs. 2.5 Lacs, towards the Enterprise Social Commitment. Socio-economic development activities will be provided after public Hearing based on Public Hearing Issues. CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 173

174 3.7 Traffic Survey Traffic counts are important to calculate the existing and proposed load on the existing Road due to upcoming Project. Project site is to be located on internal road from NH27 to Ravapar Nadi. Unit will use this road. Thus, traffic survey has been carried out for the stated route from NH27 to Ravapar Nadi as well as on NH-27 from Dadashrinagar to Amarnagar. Studied route is shown in figure below: Figure 3-14: Image showing Traffic Surveying Location Details regarding the traffic survey are: Traffic counts were collected and recorded in 4 hours intervals. Morning period (pick hours) survey was carried out from 8:00 to 12:00 hrs. Evening period (pick hours) survey was carried out from 16:00 to 20:00 hrs. Traffic counts observed during the above survey are tabulated below; CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 174

175 Table 3-29: Traffic Count Table Type of Vehicles Route-1 Dadashrinagar to Amarnagar (NH 27) Timings of Survey (hrs) Route-2 NH-27 to Ravapar Nadi (Internal Road) Timings of Survey (hrs) (4 hr) (4 hr) (4 hr) Large Trailer Heavy (Bus, Truck, etc) Medium (Tractors, light commercial vehicles etc) Light (Car, Jeep, Pickup Van etc.) (4 hr) Wheeler (Rickshaw) Wheeler (Scooter, motorcycle, cycle etc) CHAP-3: DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 175

176 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 Introduction Prediction of impacts is the most important part of Environmental Impact Assessment Report. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts of project developmental activities on environment. Such predictions are overlaid on the baseline (proposed project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate scenario of environmental conditions. It helps to prepare the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) which is required to be executed during the on-going activities for the proposed project to minimize the adverse impacts on environmental quality. The mathematical models are the best tools to quantitatively describe the cause-effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In case, mathematical models are not available or it is not possible to identify/validate a model for a particular situation, predictions could be made through available scientific knowledge and judgments. The environmental impacts can be categorized as either Primary or Secondary. Primary impacts are those, which are linked directly to the project, secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly induced and typically include the effects on social and economic patterns of the surrounding. The impacts prepared for the proposed project are based on the assumption that the pollution continues to remain the same during the operation of the project. The proposed project would create impact on the environment in two distinct phases. Temporary or short term effects caused during construction phase Long term effects caused during operational phase Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the proposed project includes: Identification of all components of the proposed project and the environmental impacts that may be caused due to the proposed project. Evaluation of the impacts i.e. qualitative and quantitative assessment of the impacts. Communication to the general public, interested parties and controlling authorities. The construction and operational phase of the proposed Project comprises of various activities each of which may have an impact on some or other environmental parameters, which have been studied to estimate the impact on the environment. 4.2 Impact Identification Considering that identification of significant environmental impact is essential in the preparation of EIA report, an attempt has been made here through the use of "Activity Effect" matrix Identification Matrix CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 176

177 For simplicity the entire project has been divided into three phases. Pre Construction Construction Phase Operation Phase Impact identification matrix for pre-construction phase, construction phase and for operation phase is shown in the Table 4-1. Various activities belonging to industrial project have been grouped and arranged in rows. The environmental factors, which are being potentially impacted, have been arranged in columns. CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 177

178 Table 4-1: Impact Identification PHASE I PHASE II PHASE III Pre Construction Construction/ Establishment Operation and Maintenance ENVIRONMENT Detailed Topographic Survey Component Project Activities Land Acquirement Site Clearing Burning of wastes, refuse and cleared vegetation Site Preparation / Change in Topography Civil works such as earth moving and building of structures including temporary structures Heavy Equipment operations Disposal of construction wastes Generation of sewerage Influx of construction workers Deforestation Transportation of material Raw materials handling and storage, access, parking, and loading/ Unloading Chemical reactions of unit processes and unit operations - Cracking process, Dryers, Reactors, Distillation units operation, Product separation and refinement Process Emission Flue Gas Emission Water Consumption (Source: Borewell) Wastewater Generation, its treatment and disposal Storage of toxic and flammable chemicals Solid & Hazardous waste Management Parameter/ factor Soil Resources Erosion Risks Y Y Y Y Contamination Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Soil Quality Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Fuels/ Electricity Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Physical Water Raw materials Y Y Y Y Y Land especially undeveloped or agricultural land Interpretation or Alteration of River Beds Alteration of Hydraulic Regime Alteration of surface runoff and interflow Alteration of aquifers Y Y Y Water quality Y Y Temperature Air Air quality Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 178

179 PHASE I PHASE II PHASE III Pre Construction Construction/ Establishment Operation and Maintenance ENVIRONMENT Detailed Topographic Survey Component Project Activities Land Acquirement Site Clearing Burning of wastes, refuse and cleared vegetation Site Preparation / Change in Topography Civil works such as earth moving and building of structures including temporary structures Heavy Equipment operations Disposal of construction wastes Generation of sewerage Influx of construction workers Deforestation Transportation of material Raw materials handling and storage, access, parking, and loading/ Unloading Chemical reactions of unit processes and unit operations - Cracking process, Dryers, Reactors, Distillation units operation, Product separation and refinement Process Emission Flue Gas Emission Water Consumption (Source: Borewell) Wastewater Generation, its treatment and disposal Storage of toxic and flammable chemicals Solid & Hazardous waste Management Parameter/ factor Noise Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Climate Y Y Y Y Y Y Effect on grass & flowers Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Terrestrial Flora Effect on trees & shrubs Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Effect on farmland Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Endangered species Y Y Y Y Y Y Aquatic Biota Biological Terrestrial Fauna Economy Habitat removal Contamination of habitats Reduction of aquatic biota Fragmentation of terrestrial habitats Disturbance of habitats by noise or vibration Reduction of Biodiversity Creation of new economic activities Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 179

180 PHASE I PHASE II PHASE III Pre Construction Construction/ Establishment Operation and Maintenance ENVIRONMENT Detailed Topographic Survey Component Project Activities Land Acquirement Site Clearing Burning of wastes, refuse and cleared vegetation Site Preparation / Change in Topography Civil works such as earth moving and building of structures including temporary structures Heavy Equipment operations Disposal of construction wastes Generation of sewerage Influx of construction workers Deforestation Transportation of material Raw materials handling and storage, access, parking, and loading/ Unloading Chemical reactions of unit processes and unit operations - Cracking process, Dryers, Reactors, Distillation units operation, Product separation and refinement Process Emission Flue Gas Emission Water Consumption (Source: Borewell) Wastewater Generation, its treatment and disposal Storage of toxic and flammable chemicals Solid & Hazardous waste Management Parameter/ factor Commercial value of properties Y Conflict due to negotiation and/ compensation payments Generation of temporary and permanent jobs Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Effect on crops Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Reduction of farmland productivity Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Social Income for the state and private sector Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Savings for consumers & private consumers Y Savings in foreign currency for the state Y CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 180

181 PHASE I PHASE II PHASE III Pre Construction Construction/ Establishment Operation and Maintenance ENVIRONMENT Detailed Topographic Survey Component Project Activities Land Acquirement Site Clearing Burning of wastes, refuse and cleared vegetation Site Preparation / Change in Topography Civil works such as earth moving and building of structures including temporary structures Heavy Equipment operations Disposal of construction wastes Generation of sewerage Influx of construction workers Deforestation Transportation of material Raw materials handling and storage, access, parking, and loading/ Unloading Chemical reactions of unit processes and unit operations - Cracking process, Dryers, Reactors, Distillation units operation, Product separation and refinement Process Emission Flue Gas Emission Water Consumption (Source: Borewell) Wastewater Generation, its treatment and disposal Storage of toxic and flammable chemicals Solid & Hazardous waste Management Parameter/ factor Education Training in new technologies Training in new skills to workers Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Public Order Political Conflicts Unrest, Demonstrations & Social conflicts Infrastructure and Services Conflicts with projects of urban, commercial or Industrial development Security and Safety Increase in Crime Accidents caused by Health Y Y Y Y Y CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 181

182 4.2.2 Assessment of Impacts This section is devoted to the assessment of impacts due to the proposed industrial project, which are the most important components of EIA. Assessment involves determination of nature and extent of impacts due to the industrial activities or the actions involved. Here it is determined whether the environmental impacts will be: 1. Direct or Indirect 2. Impact low, medium, or high significance Based on Environmental Impact Analysis, the Environmental Impacts under this step are quantitatively and qualitatively assessed. (Please refer Table 4-2) Quantitative assessment with the help of a mathematical model has been done wherever possible. In other cases, the impact assessment has been qualitative which is based on available scientific knowledge and judgment. The mathematical model used for assessment in the present study includes AERMOD VIEW Dispersion Model for air quality. For other cases i.e. Water, Noise, Land / Soil, Ecology, Socio-economic etc., the available scientific knowledge and judgments have been used. N (D): Negative Direct N (ID): Negative Indirect P (D): Positive Direct P (ID): Positive Indirect LS: Low Significance MS: Medium Significance HS: High Significance ST: Short Term LT: Long Term CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 182

183 Table 4-2: Impact Assessment PHASE I PHASE II PHASE III Pre Construction Construction/ Establishment Operation and Maintenance ENVIRONMENT Detailed Topographic Survey Component Project Activities Land Acquirement Site Clearing Burning of wastes, refuse and cleared vegetation Site Preparation / Change in Topography Civil works such as earth moving and building of structures including temporary structures Heavy Equipment operations Disposal of construction wastes Generation of sewerage Influx of construction workers Deforestation Transportation of material Raw materials handling and storage, access, parking, and loading/ Unloading Chemical reactions of unit processes and unit operations - Cracking process, Dryers, Reactors, Distillation units operation, Product separation and refinement Process Emission Flue Gas Emission Water Consumption (Source: Borewell) Wastewater Generation, its treatment and disposal Storage of toxic and flammable chemicals Solid & Hazardous waste Management Parameter/ factor Soil Physical Resources Water Erosion Risks Contamination Soil Quality Fuels/ Electricity Raw materials Land especially undeveloped or agricultural land Interpretation or Alteration of River Beds N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) HS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST P (D) HS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) HS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) MS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) MS LT P (D) MS LT N (D) MS LT N (D) MS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) MS LT P (D) MS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) MS LT P (D) MS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) MS LT CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 183

184 PHASE I PHASE II PHASE III Pre Construction Construction/ Establishment Operation and Maintenance ENVIRONMENT Detailed Topographic Survey Component Project Activities Land Acquirement Site Clearing Burning of wastes, refuse and cleared vegetation Site Preparation / Change in Topography Civil works such as earth moving and building of structures including temporary structures Heavy Equipment operations Disposal of construction wastes Generation of sewerage Influx of construction workers Deforestation Transportation of material Raw materials handling and storage, access, parking, and loading/ Unloading Chemical reactions of unit processes and unit operations - Cracking process, Dryers, Reactors, Distillation units operation, Product separation and refinement Process Emission Flue Gas Emission Water Consumption (Source: Borewell) Wastewater Generation, its treatment and disposal Storage of toxic and flammable chemicals Solid & Hazardous waste Management Parameter/ factor Air Alteration of Hydraulic Regime Alteration of surface runoff and interflow Alteration of aquifers Water quality Temperature Air quality Noise N (D) MS ST P (D) HS ST N (D) MS ST P (D) HS ST N (D) MS ST P (D) HS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 184

185 PHASE I PHASE II PHASE III Pre Construction Construction/ Establishment Operation and Maintenance ENVIRONMENT Detailed Topographic Survey Component Project Activities Land Acquirement Site Clearing Burning of wastes, refuse and cleared vegetation Site Preparation / Change in Topography Civil works such as earth moving and building of structures including temporary structures Heavy Equipment operations Disposal of construction wastes Generation of sewerage Influx of construction workers Deforestation Transportation of material Raw materials handling and storage, access, parking, and loading/ Unloading Chemical reactions of unit processes and unit operations - Cracking process, Dryers, Reactors, Distillation units operation, Product separation and refinement Process Emission Flue Gas Emission Water Consumption (Source: Borewell) Wastewater Generation, its treatment and disposal Storage of toxic and flammable chemicals Solid & Hazardous waste Management Parameter/ factor Terrestrial Flora Climate P (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT Biological Aquatic Biota Effect on grass & flowers Effect on trees & shrubs Effect on farmland Endangered species Habitat removal Contamination of habitats Reduction of aquatic biota P (D) MS ST P (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS LT P (D) MS ST P (D) MS ST P (D) MS ST P (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 185

186 PHASE I PHASE II PHASE III Pre Construction Construction/ Establishment Operation and Maintenance ENVIRONMENT Detailed Topographic Survey Component Project Activities Land Acquirement Site Clearing Burning of wastes, refuse and cleared vegetation Site Preparation / Change in Topography Civil works such as earth moving and building of structures including temporary structures Heavy Equipment operations Disposal of construction wastes Generation of sewerage Influx of construction workers Deforestation Transportation of material Raw materials handling and storage, access, parking, and loading/ Unloading Chemical reactions of unit processes and unit operations - Cracking process, Dryers, Reactors, Distillation units operation, Product separation and refinement Process Emission Flue Gas Emission Water Consumption (Source: Borewell) Wastewater Generation, its treatment and disposal Storage of toxic and flammable chemicals Solid & Hazardous waste Management Parameter/ factor Terrestrial Fauna Economy Fragmentation of terrestrial habitats Disturbance of habitats by noise or vibration Reduction of Biodiversity Creation of new economic activities Commercial value of properties Conflict due to negotiation and/ compensation payments N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT Social Generation of temporary and permanent jobs Effect on crops P (D) MS ST P (D) MS ST P (D) MS ST P (D) MS ST P (D) HS ST P (D) MS ST P (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 186

187 PHASE I PHASE II PHASE III Pre Construction Construction/ Establishment Operation and Maintenance ENVIRONMENT Detailed Topographic Survey Component Project Activities Land Acquirement Site Clearing Burning of wastes, refuse and cleared vegetation Site Preparation / Change in Topography Civil works such as earth moving and building of structures including temporary structures Heavy Equipment operations Disposal of construction wastes Generation of sewerage Influx of construction workers Deforestation Transportation of material Raw materials handling and storage, access, parking, and loading/ Unloading Chemical reactions of unit processes and unit operations - Cracking process, Dryers, Reactors, Distillation units operation, Product separation and refinement Process Emission Flue Gas Emission Water Consumption (Source: Borewell) Wastewater Generation, its treatment and disposal Storage of toxic and flammable chemicals Solid & Hazardous waste Management Parameter/ factor Education Public Order Reduction of farmland productivity Income for the state and private sector Savings for consumers & private consumers Savings in foreign currency for the state Training in new technologies Training in new skills to workers Political Conflicts Unrest, Demonstrations & Social conflicts N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST P (D) MS ST P (D) MS ST P (D) MS LT P (D) MS LT P (D) MS LT P (D) MS ST N (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT P (D) HS LT CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 187

188 PHASE I PHASE II PHASE III Pre Construction Construction/ Establishment Operation and Maintenance ENVIRONMENT Detailed Topographic Survey Component Project Activities Land Acquirement Site Clearing Burning of wastes, refuse and cleared vegetation Site Preparation / Change in Topography Civil works such as earth moving and building of structures including temporary structures Heavy Equipment operations Disposal of construction wastes Generation of sewerage Influx of construction workers Deforestation Transportation of material Raw materials handling and storage, access, parking, and loading/ Unloading Chemical reactions of unit processes and unit operations - Cracking process, Dryers, Reactors, Distillation units operation, Product separation and refinement Process Emission Flue Gas Emission Water Consumption (Source: Borewell) Wastewater Generation, its treatment and disposal Storage of toxic and flammable chemicals Solid & Hazardous waste Management Parameter/ factor Infrastructure and Services Security and Safety Health Conflicts with projects of urban, commercial or Industrial development Increase in Crime Accidents caused by N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) MS ST N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT N (D) HS LT CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 188

189 4.3 Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Environment during Pre-construction & Construction Phase During pre-construction and construction phase of the proposed project, activities like site cleaning, leveling, road laying, excavation, grading, transportation & storage of construction material, civil construction, mechanical fabrication & erection, greenbelt development and employ construction workers will be carried out. During construction phase, major impacts anticipated will be increase in dust contamination and noise. However, these impacts will be limited up to construction period only. Impacts during construction phase and its mitigative measures are given in Table 4-3. Table 4-3: Construction Phase: Impacts & its Mitigation Measures Attributes Activities and Impact Mitigative Measures Land Air Noise Water Socioeconomy Short term negative impacts due to Site cleaning, grading, excavation, etc Short term negative impact due to dusting during Short term negative impacts due to various construction activities Short term negative impacts due to water consumption and sewage generation & disposal Short time positive impact due to temporary Employment generation Top layer of soil will be temporarily changed but construction activity will help in fixation of soil, which will ultimately reduce soil erosion. Top soil will be used for the green belt development. Excavated earth will be used for the backfilling and leveling in low laying area. Greenbelt development starting from the construction phase will help in reduction of the soil erosion. Construction and transportation activities will be carried out during day time only. Greenbelt development will be started from construction phase which will help in reducing dust dispersion in surrounding area. Construction materials will be transported in covered trucks. Water sprinkling will be carried out on site. Minimum stock of materials will be maintained and covered with sheet. Barrier sheet will be provided to avoid dispersion of dust in surrounding area. Mask, helmet, goggles etc. will be provided to workers. Upwind side of the proposed project will be constructed first to minimize wind effects. Maintenance of vehicles, equipment with proper civil planning will reduce increase in noise levels. Construction and related transportation activities will be carried out during day times only. Personal protective equipments like ear plug and ear muff will be provided Water requirement will be fulfilled by borewell water. Sewage will be treated in Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) & will be reused for gardening. Good construction practices will be adopted to minimize water wasting and pollution. All the measures will be taken to prevent any type of water contaminations. Temporary employment will be generated due to transportation, construction, fabrication etc which will help in improving socio-economic level of engaged people. CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 189

190 Attributes Activities and Impact Mitigative Measures Ecology Long term positive impact due to greenbelt development Greenbelt development will be started in construction phase. This will have positive impacts on local flora-fauna and also will act as absorbent of air pollution and noise. Will help in reducing soil erosion. 4.4 Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Environment during Operational Phase Land Environment Adverse impact may be occurred due to effluent disposal, chemical and hazardous waste storage & handling. Spillage of chemicals during loading, unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps, flange leakage in pipelines may create soil/land contamination. In addition to this, industrial and infrastructural development for the proposed project as well as the subsequent development if done in haphazard way may change the land use pattern of area. In order to avoid adverse effect on land environment from waste water generated zero discharge ETP is proposed (solid waste will be taken to TSDF site) condensate water will be reused in RO plant; while to treat sewage STP is proposed to treat the sewage upto the discharge norms, this treated sewage & sludge from STP will be utilized for greenbelt development. Hazardous waste will be properly stored in designated storage area having roof and leachate collection system. Hazardous chemicals will be stored in designated area with dyke wall and spillage collection system. Thus, there will not be any possibility of leakage or spillage of chemicals, hazardous waste, effluent while handling, storage and disposal which can cause land contamination. Solid waste from sewage treatment plant will be reused as a manure to develop & maintain green belt. Proposed project will be carried out in open land and no vegetation will be required to be cleared. Also no forest land is involved. As the project site is located in well developed area, no major infrastructural development is expected. Thus, no change will be occurred in land use pattern of the area Water Environment In the proposed project, use of water and generation and disposal of wastewater may have negative impact on water environment. Use of water in the proposed project will effect on source of water. Adverse impact may be occurred on water environment due to discharge of untreated effluent in water body. Fresh water requirement for the proposed water will be 52.5 KL/day which will be fulfilled by own borewell. As per Guidelines of Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA), the proposed project site falls in Safe Area in which industries does not required to obtain No Objection Certificate (NOC) for ground water abstraction from CGWA. Therefore, unit will obtain necessary permission for withdrawal of ground water from local. Unit will install rain water harvesting system within premises to collect and reuse rainwater, thus reducing fresh water with-drawl from borewell (186 KLD of rain water can be harvested). Total 6 KL/day sewage (domestic wastewater) will be generated from various domestic activities which will be treated in Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and treated sewage and sludge will be used for greenbelt development. CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 190

191 Total 14.8 KL/day industrial wastewater will be generated from process, boiler, cooling tower, RO-2 plant and washing activities which will be treated in effluent treatment plant followed by evaporator and condenser KLD of condensate water will be reused in RO-1. Thus, unit will reuse the generated effluent. Pucca flooring will be done in STP and ETP area to avoid any type of leakage that can be percolated into soil and contaminated ground water. Thus, no adverse impact will be occurred on water environment Noise There will be chances of increase in noise level due to the operation of plant and machineries for manufacturing activities, utility operations and transportation of products, raw materials and fuel. Exposure to continuous and extensive noise at a level higher than 85 dba may lead to hearing loss. Continuous hearing loss differs from person to person with the level, frequency and duration of the noise exposed. Negative effects of noise on human beings are generally of a physiological and psychological nature. Hearing losses are the most common effects among the physiological ones. Blood pressure increases, heart beat accelerations, appearance of muscle reflexes, sleeping disorders may be considered among the other physiological effects. The psychological effects of noise are more common compared to the psychological ones and they can be seen in the forms of annoyance, stress, anger and concentration disorders as well as difficulties in resting and perception. Main source of noise in proposed plant will be D. G. Set. However, the same will be stand by and operated only in case of main power failure. Latest technology based low noise D.G. set with acoustic enclosures will be installed. Proper and timely lubrication, oiling and maintenance will be carried out for all plant and machineries. The noise generation will be mitigated by installing noise barriers/absorbers around stationery noise sources. Adequate noise control measures such as antivibration pad for equipment with high vibration will be provided. All the vibrating parts will be checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise generation. The equipment, which generates excessive noise, will be provided with enclosures etc. Thus, there will not be any major source of higher noise generation which can be propagated in vicinity. Ear plugs and ear muffs will be provided to the workers working in high noise area. Greenbelt will act as a barrier to the spread of noise in the vicinity. Regular noise monitoring will be carried out at the prominent place in the premises. As far as the noise that will be generated due to the transportation is concerned, the same will be minimized transportation only in day time and by maintaining transportation vehicles properly Ecology Greenbelt development will have positive impact on flora and fauna. There is no any sanctuary, national park, eco sensitive area within the 10 km area from the proposed project site. Also no rare and endangered flora and fauna have been reported during study in 10 km area surrounding to the project site. Proposed project will be carried out in open land and no vegetation will be required to be cleared. Chances of adverse effect on ecology due to the proposed project may be occurred due to air pollution caused by flue gases emission. However, unit has proposed adequate environmental CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 191

192 management systems and the same will be efficiently operated during the operation of project. Regular monitoring of various parameters will be carried out. In addition to this, unit will reuse industrial effluent after treatment. Thus, there will not be any adverse impact occurred on surrounding ecology due to the proposed project Occupational Health Several health related issues can be occurred with the workers of chemical industries due to long term exposure in dusting, noisy area, handling of some hazardous chemicals, gaseous emissions etc. In the proposed unit, drinking water and sanitation facilities will be provided to workers. All the necessary personal protective equipments will be provided for the respective works. Units will provide such arrangements to minimize manual handling of chemicals and hazardous wastes. Regular health check-ups will be carried out of all the workers and record will be maintained. Medical, fire and safety trainings will be given time-to-time. Moreover, unit will provide proper environmental management system and operate the same efficiently. Thus, there will not be any possibility of adverse impact on workers health Socio-economic Environment Proposed project will have long term positive impact on socio-economic environment due to generation of direct employment for about 70 people. Preference will be given to the local people from the nearby villages as per the requirement. In addition secondary job will be increased because of the day-to-day needs. This will increase the employment opportunity in the area as well as improve the living standard of the people in the area which also will help in improving educational, medical, health and sanitation awareness in the people. Resident as well as local employees will get benefited by facilities like drinking water, sanitation, first aid etc provided by client. Apart from these direct impacts of the project, nearby small scale laghu udhyog will be encouraged. Moreover, unit will carry out CSR activities in the nearby area in the field of health, sanitation, medical aids, educational aids and contribution in infrastructural development which will have beneficial impacts on socio-economic environment Air Environment It is envisaged that during the operation phase impacts on air would arise due to the fugitive emission mainly from operation of boiler, thermic fluid heater and occasionally from D. G. set. It is expected that about 90 % soft floor workers working in the area may be affected. However, the industry will take precautionary measures to avoid release of fugitive emissions. Even though unit will install dust collector followed by bag filter for stack attached to boiler and bag filter. The significant pollutants identified due to flue gas emissions are PM 10, NO 2 and SO 2. There will not be any process gas emission from the resin manufacturing. From the drying process of laminated sheet, there will be release of methanol, methanol will be recovered using condenser. There will be odour process area to control this odour unit will provide hood over the affected area and common ducting will be taken to activated carbon filter. There will be chances of fugitive emission from the manufacturing process and storage, handling and transportation of raw materials and products. Unit will take adequate measures CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 192

193 to control fugitive emissions as described under Section C. Thus, the study of impacts for the fugitive & stationary emissions have been conducted to assess the potential impacts as well as to cite the efficiency of planned mitigation measures and suggested further mitigation measures. Impacts of emissions on air quality have been evaluated using dispersion model (AERMOD VIEW - 8.5) which are described below; A. Input data of Flue gas stack The proposed unit will operate Steam Boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater to generate stream required during manufacturing process. The details of flue gas stack are given in Table 4-4 & Table 4-5. Table 4-4: Details of Flue Gas Stacks Sr. No. Stack attached to Stack Height (m) Fuel Requirement APC System Expected Pollutant 1 Steam Boiler (5 TPH) Thermic Fluid Heater (15 Lac Kcal/hr) 2 D.G. set (380 KVA) Coal/ Briquettes 10 MT/day HSD 20 L/Hr Cyclone separator followed by Bag Filter and adequate stack height Adequate stack height SPM 150 mg/nm 3 SO ppm NO 2 50 ppm Note: D.G. Set will be used only in case of power failure. Input data: Stack Identification : Boiler & Thermic Fluid Heater Stack Stack Height : 30.0 m Vent Diameter : 1.0 m Exit stack gas velocity : m/s Exit gas temperature : 165 o C Ambient temperature : 27 o C Table 4-5: Emissions with & without the air pollution control measures Pollutants Without APCM With APCM PM gm/sec gm/sec Sulfur Dioxide 1.83 gm/sec 1.46 gm/sec Nitrogen Dioxide 9.3 gm/sec 7.44 gm/sec B. Primary Meteorological Data Primary meteorological data have been used for AERMOD View-9.0. The said primary data is attached as Annexure 3. Assessment of Impact: The Gaussian model is used to predict the centerline ground level concentrations of suspended PM10, sulfur dioxide and nitrogen dioxides in the surrounding study area. The CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 193

194 prediction is done in relation to the source strength and meteorological conditions for the study period. The centerline ground level concentrations for Particulate Matter, Sulfur Dioxide and Nitrogen Oxides in the study area for all the stability conditions are calculated for the maximum emission load. For the calculations, meteorological data like average wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity, precipitation, dry bulb temperature, cloud cover, ceiling height for the period March to May 2016 and emission rate of PM 10, SO 2 & NO 2 and height & diameter of the stack is considered. Predicted ground level concentrations of PM 10, SO 2 and NO 2 are presented in the Table 4-6, Table 4-7, Table 4-8, Figure 4-1, Figure 4-2 & Figure 4-3. CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 194

195 Figure 4-1: Ground level concentration of PM10 CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 195

196 Figure 4-2: Ground level concentration of SO2 CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 196

197 Figure 4-3: Ground level concentration of NO2 CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 197

198 Table 4-6: Predicted 24 hourly short term incremental Concentrations of PM10 Sr. No. Monitoring Stations Distance in km Direction Existing monitored maximum PM10 concentration (μg/m 3 ) Predicted PM10 Concentration (μg/m 3 ) Total PM10 Concentrations implementation of the proposed project (μg/m 3 ) 1 Project Site Kerala* 3.95 E Juna Nagdavas 6.77 N Gala 5.72 NE Waghpar 8.99 NNE Juna Derala 3.55 NW Ravapar Nadi 2.35 WSW Haripar* 4.92 E Note: * indicates downwind direction Table 4-7: Predicted 24 hourly short term incremental Concentrations of SO 2 Sr. No. Monitoring Stations Distance in km Direction Existing monitored maximum SO 2 concentration (μg/m 3 ) Predicted SO 2 Concentration (μg/m 3 ) Total SO 2 Concentrations implementation of the proposed project (μg/m 3 ) 1 Project Site Kerala* 3.95 E Juna Nagdavas 6.77 N Gala 5.72 NE Waghpar 8.99 NNE Juna Derala 3.55 NW Ravapar Nadi 2.35 WSW Haripar* 4.92 E Note: * indicates downwind direction CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 198

199 Table 4-8: Predicted 24 hourly short term incremental Concentrations of NO 2 Sr. No. Monitoring Stations Distance in km Direction Existing monitored maximum NO 2 concentration (μg/m 3 ) Predicted NO 2 Concentration (μg/m 3 ) Total NO 2 Concentrations implementation of the proposed project (μg/m 3 ) 1 Project Site Kerala* 3.95 E Juna Nagdavas 6.77 N Gala 5.72 NE Waghpar 8.99 NNE Juna Derala 3.55 NW Ravapar Nadi 2.35 WSW Haripar* 4.92 E Note: * indicates downwind direction After implementation of the proposed project, these concentrations are found to be well below the permissible NAAQs norms for rural/residential zone and Industrial zone. Therefore, the proposed activity will not have any adverse impact on the air environment Existing Traffic & Vehicular Pollution Traffic survey has been carried out for the stated route from NH27 to Ravapar Nadi as well as on NH-27 from Dadashrinagar to Amarnagar Based on the traffic survey hourly vehicular traffic has been calculated. Considering worst case scenario, average number of vehicles observed during 4 hours has been taken as hourly counts. Passenger Car Unit (PCU) has been calculated by applying PCU factor. Proposed load of trucks due to the movement of raw materials, fuel and products has been calculated. A design capacity of road has been taken from the Indian Road Code. Assessment of proposed traffic load is given below in Table 4-9. From the above table, it can be concluded that even for considering the worst case; there will be minor increase in vehicular load due to the proposed project. However, the total traffic load even after the proposed project will be very low compare to the design capacity of roads. Adequate parking arrangements will be provided within the industrial premises. As no major increase in traffic due to the proposed project, there will be less chance in increase in vehicular pollution. However, unit will take adequate measures by instructing transporter for using only PUC certified trucks/vehicles and carrying out regular service and maintenance of them. CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 199

200 Table 4-9: Assessment of Proposed Expansion in Traffic Load Type of Vehicles Route-1 Dadashrinagar to Amarnagar (NH 27); Four Lane divided (two way) Average Vehicles Per Hour (Worst Case) Equivalent PCU (Passenger Car Unit) per hour Route-2 NH-27 to Ravapar Nadi (Internal Road); two lane (two Average Vehicles Per Hour (Worst Case) way) Equivalent PCU (Passenger Car Unit) per hour PCU Factor as per Indian Road Large Trailer Heavy (Bus, Truck, etc) Medium (Tractors, light commercial vehicles etc) Light (Car, Jeep, Pickup Van etc.) 3 Wheeler (Rickshaw) 2 Wheeler (Scooter, motorcycle, cycle etc) Code Total PCU/hr Width of Road (m) Design PCU per hour Existing PCU per hour Proposed Load (Trucks/day) Proposed PCU per day As a Worst Scenario taken Proposed PCU per day as PCU per hour Total PCU per hour after the Proposed Project CHAP-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 200

201 5 ENVIRONMNETAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 5.1 Introduction To formulate and monitor Environmental Protection measures during and after commissioning of project, preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required. Development of sound environment management plan is important to mitigate any adverse impacts of proposed project. The plan should indicate the details as to how various measures have been or are being proposed to be taken including cost components as may be required. Cost of measures for environmental safe guards should be treated as an integral component of the project cost and environmental aspects should be taken in to account at various stages of the project. Conceptualization: Preliminary Environmental Assessment Planning: Detailed studies of environmental Impacts and design of safe guards Execution: Implementation of Environmental safety measures Operation: Monitoring of effectiveness of built in safe guards The maximum amount of pollution load that can be discharged in the environment without affecting the designated use and is governed by dilution, dispersion and removal due to natural physico-chemical and biological processes is the Assimilative capacity of the study area. The main objective of Environmental Management Plan is to warrant that the industrial development in an identified particular study area needs to be entangled with judicious utilization of non-renewable resources and to ensure that the stress/load on the ecosystem is within its permissible assimilative capacity i.e. its carrying capacity. The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development in the area of the proposed plant. Hence, it needs to be an all encompass plan for which the proposed industry, Government, Regulating agencies like Pollution Control Board working in the region and more importantly the affected population of the study area need to extend their co-operation and contribution. The identification and quantification of impacts based on scientific and mathematical modelling. The Management Action Plan aims at controlling pollution at the source level to the possible extent with the best available technology followed by treatment measures before they are discharged. The recycling and re-use of industrial waste not only reduces the waste generated but can be an economic gain to the industry. CHAP-5: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 201

202 5.2 Environmental Management Plan for the Project after Proposed Expansion The EMP for the proposed project has been prepared for the various environmental attributes like Air, Water, Land, Noise, ecology, socio-economic etc. and the same is given below in Table 5-1. Table 5-1: Environmental Management Plan Activity, affected Environmental Attribute & Impact Zone Management Plan Effect on water and land environment within premises and in vicinity due to water consumption and wastewater generation & disposal Effect on air, water, land environment, noise and occupational health within premises and in vicinity due to manufacturing activities and utility operations Ensure optimum use of water and regular monitoring of consumption and wastewater generation and maintain records of the same Ensure provision of proposed Environmental Management systems (EMS) and efficient use of the same Ensure proper collection, treatment and reuse/disposal of treated wastewater Ensure leak proof construction of treatment units and pucca flooring in treatment area to avoid any land and ground water contamination Ensure regular monitoring of EMS and review of report and submission of the same to concerned authority Ensure provision of rain water harvesting system and storage and use of rainwater Ensure proper storage, handling and use/disposal of solid/hazardous waste to be generated from wastewater treatment Ensure optimum use of resources like water, raw materials, fuel etc. to minimize the waste generation Ensure regular and efficient operation and monitoring of EMS Ensure regular monitoring of ambient air, noise, work area to know the effectiveness of EMS Ensure the use of latest process technology and timely modification of the technology and plant & machineries Ensure provision of adequate measures as proposed to control fugitive emissions Ensure proper collection and handling of effluent to avoid any leakages & spillages. Ensure the provision of drinking water and sanitary facilities to the workers CHAP-5: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 202

203 Activity, affected Environmental Attribute & Impact Zone Management Plan Effect on air, water, land environment and noise within premises and in vicinity due to storage, handling and transportation of raw materials and products and hazardous wastes Effect on air, water, land environment and noise within premises and in vicinity due to greenbelt development and rainwater harvesting Effect on socio-economic environment in surrounding area due to CSR activities Ensure the provision and proper use of personal protective equipment by workers Ensure providing timely training to the workers regarding health awareness, industrial safety, etc. Ensure regular health check-up of workers Proper and timely maintenance of plant & machineries Ensure to explore cleaner production techniques and adopt reuse/recycle practices Ensure provision of adequate fire and safety systems Ensure the regular audit of EMS as well safety systems Ensure provision of designated storage area with all the necessary facilities for storage Ensure minimization of manual handling as possible Ensure availability of MSDS of all chemicals at appropriate places Ensure proper disposal of waste to TSDF / CHWIF Ensure proper collection and treatment of any accidental spillage or leakage, if any Ensure use of PUC certified vehicles and use of the same during day times only Ensure the availability of TREM card/manifest with driver during transportation Ensure optimum use of vehicles and proper maintenance of the same Ensure provision of proposed greenbelt as well as rain water harvesting system Ensure maximum collection and use of rain water Ensure to maintain greenbelt by regular watering and applying manure Ensure the employment in nearby villages as per the skill and requirements Ensure to carry out CSR activities in nearby villages as proposed CHAP-5: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 203

204 5.3 Cleaner Production Technologies Cleaner production is a preventive, company-specific environmental protection initiative. It is intended to minimize waste and emissions and maximize product output. Unit will adopt cleaner production techniques in water conservation, waste minimization, housekeeping, reuse/recycle, energy saving etc. wherever possible by the following practices; Adopting latest and best process technology to achieve maximum yield with minimum waste generation. Adopting good housekeeping practices by maintaining cleanliness in premises and providing regular training and giving instructions for the same. Carrying out energy audit at regular time interval. Installing flow meter at water intake and at effluent treatment plant. Using harvested rain water and reusing treated sewage for greenbelt development and ultimately reducing fresh water consumption. Reusing treated industrial effluent in cooling activities. Reusing spent/waste oil for lubrication in machineries and equipments within the premises. 5.4 Rain Water Harvesting Rainwater Harvesting is generally putting back rainwater in to the underground formation, where it will be stored in underground reservoirs (Aquifer) so that we can draw it whenever we need it Need for Rainwater Harvesting To reduce ground water pollution To augment the ground water storage and decline of water level To improve the quality of ground water To reduce the soil erosion The harvested rain water can be used for flushing, washing, gardening, irrigation, fire fighting, etc. Rain water is the purest form for water available to us Advantages of Rainwater Harvesting Provides self sufficiency at least reduces load on water supply Reduces the cost of pumping of ground water as it raises ground water table Improves quality of ground water through dilution when recharge to ground water Reduces soil erosion in alluvium area Rainwater harvesting systems are simple which can be adopted by individuals Unit proposes to manufacture synthetic organic resin which will require some hazardous chemicals as raw material. Due to handling and storage of such chemicals, unit is planning to store rain water and use the same for activities like washing, cooling, etc. Calculation of rain water to be harvested based on yearly rainfall and runoff is given in Table CHAP-5: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 204

205 Table 5-2: Details of Rain Water Harvesting Particular Roof top area Details Open area/ Road Area Annual rainfall (mm) 660 No. of rainy days per year 30 Gardening Area Catchment area available (sq.mt.) Coefficient of runoff Area wise volume of rain water can be harvested (Kilo Liter/year) Total volume of rain water can be harvested (KL/year) Average volume of rain water can be harvested (KL/day) during 30 rainy days Volume of storage tank to be provided by unit for rain water storage (KL) Total Fresh water requirement by unit (KL/year) Based on the above table, it can be concluded that annual volume of rain water for harvesting is about 35.4% of the annual fresh water requirement. Unit will provide rain water storage tank of about 200 Kilo Liter and stored water will be used for cooling, washing, scrubbing, etc. as per requirement. 5.5 Greenbelt Development The main objective of the green belt is to provide a barrier between the plant and the surrounding areas. The green belt helps to check soil erosion, make the eco-system more sustainable, make the climate more conductive and restore water balance. The green belt helps to capture the fugitive emissions and to attenuate the noise generated in the plant apart from improving the aesthetics of the plant site. Out of total plant area 13,962 sq.mt., unit will develop greenbelt in 4,620 sq.mt. (33.08%) area. The tolerant species with diversity will be planted which will help in suppression of fugitive dust, attenuate noise levels and provide aesthetic background. The green belt development program will go simultaneously in phased manner along with the civil activities. Details of the proposed plant species are given in the Table 5-3. Table 5-3: Details of Plant Species in Greenbelt Common Name of Trees/Plants Scientific Name Number of Species Neem / Limbado Azadirachta indica 47 Gulmohar Delonix regia 30 Asopalav Polyalthia longifolia (Sonn.) Thw. 57 Vad Ficus benghalensis L. 37 CHAP-5: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 205

206 Common Name of Trees/Plants Scientific Name Number of Species Mota Bor Zizyphus mauritiana Lam. 47 Kasid Cassia siamea Lam. 47 Keri Mangifera indica L. 47 Karanj Derris indica (Lam.) Bennet 37 Lawn Total Species 349 Proposed Five Years Program for Greenbelt Development Plantation details 1 st Year 2 nd Year 3 rd Year 4 th Year 5 th Year Total No. of plants Yearly %age 26% 24% 17% 17% 17% 100% 5.6 Budget for Environment Protection Capital investment for the protection of environment will be about Rs. 35 Lacs. Unit will regularly and efficiently operate environmental management systems and keep provision for fund for meeting expenses for the same. Estimated recurring cost for environmental management is given in Table 5-4. Table 5-4: Recurring & Capital Cost for Environmental Management Particulars Capital Cost Recurring Cost (Rs. In Lac (Rs. In Lac /Annum) /Annum) Air Pollution Control Water Pollution Control (ETP & STP) Noise pollution Hazardous / solid waste management Green Belt Development Occupational Health & Safety Total CHAP-5: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 206

207 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 6.1 Introduction Environmental monitoring describes the processes and activities that need to take place to characterise and monitor the quality of the environment. Environmental monitoring is used in the preparation of environmental impact assessments, as well as in many circumstances in which human activities carry a risk of harmful effects on the natural environment. All monitoring strategies and programs have reasons and justifications which are often designed to establish the current status of an environment or to establish trends in environmental parameters. In all cases the results of monitoring will be reviewed and analysed statistically. Environmental monitoring program is designed to understand how the environment changes over time. Therefore, regular monitoring program of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The objectives of environmental monitoring program are; To verify the results of the impact assessment study in particular with regard to new development; To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical; To check or assess the efficiency of the pollution control measures; To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new installations; To check assumption made with regard to the development and to detect deviations in order to initiate necessary measures; and To establish a database for future Impact Assessment Studies for new projects 6.2 Environmental Monitoring Program The attributes, which merit regular monitoring, are air quality both at source and ambient atmosphere, water and wastewater quality, noise levels, ecological preservation, greenbelt development, socio-economic aspects, etc. The Post Project Monitoring program is given below in Table 6-1. Sr. No. Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Program Particulars Monitoring Frequency Parameters Air Pollution A Stacks Monitoring (All Stacks) Twice in a year SO 2, NOx, PM 1 B Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (2 Locations within premises) Twice in a year PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NOx, Volatile Organic Compound C Work area monitoring (2 Locations in process plant) Twice in a year Volatile Organic Compounds 2 A Water and Wastewater Quality Raw water CHAP-6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 207

208 Sr. No. Particulars Monitoring Frequency Parameters i Borewell water (Intake source) Twice in a year As per IS B Effluents i Industrial effluent (Untreated & Treated) Daily Monthly ph, COD, TDS General parameters ii Domestic effluents (Untreated & Treated) Daily Monthly ph ph, BOD, SS, COD Ambient Noise Levels 3 i All Prominent places within premises Twice in a year -- 4 Soil (1 within the premises and 1 from vicinity) Once in a year General parameters 5 ETP sludge and evaporation residue Twice in a year General parameters 6 Safety Audit Once in Two years All safety aspects 7 Occupation health (medical checkups) Pre, post and regular All relevant test according to working profile 8 Greenbelt development Periodic Survival rate and growth 6.3 Infrastructural Facilities Unit will provide sewage treatment plant and effluent treatment plant for treatment of sewage and industrial effluent respectively. Unit will install small laboratory for analysis of effluent for basic parameters like ph, COD, TDS regularly. In addition to this, regular monitoring will be carried out through NABL approved laboratory. For the medical facilities, first aid boxes will be provided at prominent places in the premises and also one MBBS doctor will be appointed for weekly visit in the plant. Moreover, unit will tie-up with nearby hospital for medical assistance in case of any emergency. Unit will maintain the medical records of all workers. 6.4 Documentation and Reporting All the data and reports of monitoring of all parameters as stated in monitoring program will be properly maintain and timely reviewed by management for taking corrective or preventive actions. Monitoring reports will be regularly submitted to the concerned authorities as per their requirements. 6.5 Corporate Environment Policy Project proponent is presently involved in furniture business and understand their responsibilities towards community as well environment along with doing business. They CHAP-6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 208

209 believe in sustainable development and therefore will provide adequate environmental control and management system in unit and will regularly and efficiently operate the same. Unit will prepare environment policy duly approved by directors prescribing standard operating procedures to bring into focus any deviation/violation of environmental or forest norms/conditions. This policy will be displayed at various prominent places in the premises and all the employees will be educated about the same. For performing all the environmental management activities and operating environmental management systems efficiently, unit will establish Environmental Management Cell governed by director as described below. 6.6 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) For effective implementation of the monitoring program, it is necessary to have a permanent organizational set-up. Thus, unit will set-up permanent environmental management cell (EMC) for the effective implementation and monitoring of environmental management system as given below. EMC will monitor all project activities to ensure the appropriate implementation of all environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmental management plan compliance is not satisfied. Responsibilities will be assigned to officer from various disciplines to perform and co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of environmental control measures. Director of the company will be responsible for overall environmental management. Manager will inform all the matter regarding environmental management including reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms. Environmental Management Cell: Director Manager Supervisor Helper CHAP-6: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 209

210 7 RISK ASSEMENT AND SAFETY MEASURES 7.1 Objective, Philosophy & Methodology of Risk Assessment Objective: The main objective of the Risk Assessment study is to determine possible damage due to major hazards having damage potential to life and property and provide a scientific basis to assess safety level of the facility. The secondary objective is to identify major risk in manufacture of chemicals, storage of chemicals and provide control though assessment. To prepare onsite, offsite, disaster management plan for control of hazards Philosophy: The main philosophy of risk assessment is to find out the real cause of accident and then based on it to suggest appropriate remedial measures to prevent its recurrence. To find out unsafe action negligence, omission or personal fault Methodology: Identify Vulnerable Zone for toxic dispersion, pool fire, Tank on fire (Thermal Radiation), Flash Fire, and Explosion over pressure (Vapor Cloud Explosion) by using software. 7.2 Details of Chemicals to be Handled In the proposed unit, risk will be involved in storage, handling and transportation of various chemicals those will be handled in the form of raw materials and products. Details of the raw materials and products with storage are given in Table 7-1. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 210

211 Table 7-1: Raw Materials and Products Details Sr. No Name of Raw Material Requirement (MT/Month) Requirement (MT/Day) Used in Manufacturing of 1 Phenol Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (P. F. Resin) Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (P. F. Resin) 2 Formaldehyde Melamine Formaldehyde Resin (M. F. Resin) Urea Formaldehyde Resin (U. F. Resin) 3 Caustic Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (P. F. Resin) Urea Formaldehyde Resin (U. F. Resin) 4 Melamine Melamine Formaldehyde Resin 5 Urea Acetic Acid (M. F. Resin) Urea Formaldehyde Resin (U. F. Resin) Urea Formaldehyde Resin (U. F. Resin) Physical Form Mode of Storage Capacity of storage unit (MT) No. of Units Total Storage Capacity (MT) Storage Inventory (Day) Liquid MS Tank MS Tank 25 1 Liquid Fiber coated MS Tank 25 1 Solid Bag Solid Bag Solid Bag Liquid Barrel Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 211

212 Sr. No Name of Raw Material Requirement (MT/Month) Requirement (MT/Day) Used in Manufacturing of Physical Form 7 Kraft Paper Laminated Sheets Solid 8 Design Paper Laminated Sheets Solid Mode of Storage Dedicated Area Dedicated Area Capacity of storage unit (MT) No. of Units Total Storage Capacity (MT) Storage Inventory (Day) Resin Laminated Sheets Liquid MS Tank Methanol Laminated Sheets Liquid Fiber coated MS Tank Sr. No. Description Physical Form Type of Packing / Storage/ Mode of storage 1 Phenol Formaldehyde Resin Semi solid Stored in 1 nos. of MS tank 2 Melamine Formaldehyde Resin Semi solid - 3 Urea Formaldehyde Resin Semi solid Stored in 1 no. of MS tank Transportation Captive consumption & rest will be transported by road, rail & ship Captive consumption & rest will be transported by road, rail & ship Captive consumption & rest will be transported by road, rail & ship Capacity of storage (Tonne) 10-8 Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 212

213 7.3 Details of Hazardous Chemicals to be Handled Amongst the above described raw materials and products, some are the hazardous chemicals as per the MSIHC rules, 1989 amended in Details with chemical and physical properties of the same are given in Table 7-2. Table 7-2: Hazardous Chemicals Details Toxicity Level Flammable Limit Sr. Chemicals TLV No. LD 50 LD 50 Oral mg/ Kg Dermal mg/kg LC 50 mg/l Class LEL% UEL% FP 0 C BP 0 (As per C petroleum classification) Chemical Class (As per MSIHC Rules) 79(CC) 1 Phenol 5 ppm C 85(OC) Flammable, Toxic, Hazardous 2 Formaldehyde (37%) 0.3/l ppm C CC 60 0 C CC 96 B Flammable, Toxic, Hazardous 3 Methanol 200 ppm ppm/ 4 hr C 64.5 A Very high flammable 5 Caustic Soda 2 mg/m 3 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A Hazardous 6 Melamine N.A N.A N.A N.A C N.A C Slightly flammable 7 Urea N.A N.A N.A N.A -- N.A Note: CC: Close Cup; OC: Open Cup; N.A.: Not Available. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 213

214 The Toxicity level of hazardous chemicals as per Manufacture, storage and import of Hazardous Chemical (Amendment) Rules, 2000 (MSIHC) is shown as below Sr. Toxicity Oral Toxicity LD 50 (mg/kg) Dermal Toxicity LD 50 (mg/kg) Inhalation Toxicity LD 50 (mg/kg) No 1 Extremely Toxic <5 <40 <0.5 2 Highly Toxic >5-50 > > Toxic > > > Hazard Identification and Preventive Measures Raw Material Storage Hazards and Controls Sr. No. Name of material stored Quantity (Max) Operating press/ Hazard Rating Systems temp Type of hazard / Risk Persons Affected involved (1) Phenol 25 KL x 1 NTP Control Measures: TLV 5 PPM STEL-10 PPM NFPA Ratings: Health: 4; Flammability: 2; Instability: 0 Flash Point: C Toxic when contact with Skin Causes burns Toxic if swallowed Irritating to Skin, Eyes and Respiratory System Operators Maintenance Technicians Dyke provision to storage tank Safety boards displayed on the tank Good ventilation must be provided. For accidental contact with skin, nearby provision of soap-suds Use water spray to keep fire-exposed containers cool. Wear a self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) to prevent contact with thermal Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 214

215 Sr. No. Name of material stored Quantity (Max) Operating press/ Hazard Rating Systems temp decomposition products. Handling of Phenol with Safety glasses, hand gloves, gumboot Formaldehyde (2) 25 KL x 2 NTP (37%) TLV 0.3 PPM (1 ppm) NFPA Ratings: Health - 3 Flammability - 2 Reactivity - 0 Flash Point: 50 0 C Control Measures: Dyke provision to storage tank Safety boards displayed on the tank Good ventilation must be provided Trap & collect spills with Sand or other inert solids Use an approved gas mask in un-ventilated areas if necessary because of fumes. Handling of Formaldehyde with Safety glasses, Nitrile or butyl rubber gloves Type of hazard / Risk involved Persons Affected Flammable Very toxic by inhalation. Very toxic in contact with skin. Very toxic if swallowed. Causes burns. Limited evidence of a carcinogenic effect. Risk of serious damage to the eyes. May cause sensitization by skin contact. Operators Maintenance Technicians Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 215

216 Sr. No. Name of material stored Quantity (Max) Operating press/ Hazard Rating Systems temp Type of hazard / Risk Persons Affected involved (3) Methanol 25 KL x 1 NTP TLV 200 PPM (8-hr TWA) STEL-250 PPM NFPA Ratings: Health: 1 Flammability: 3 Highly Flammable Toxic by inhalation Toxic when contact with Skin Toxic if swallowed Danger of very serious irreversible effects. Operators Maintenance Technicians Control Measures: Keep away from sources of ignition, tight closed container and dyke provision to storage tank Safety board s displayed on the tank Effective ventilation must be provided. For accidental contact if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately Handling of Methanol with Safety gloves and protective clothing Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 216

217 7.4.2 Process hazards and controls Name of hazardous process and operation Material in the process / operation Boiler Steam Formaldehyde (37%), Reactor Vessel Melamine, Urea, Phenol Type of hazard possible toxic gas release / fire / explosion / run away reaction / rupture, etc. Handling of anti scalent Heat burns Exothermic Run-away reaction Release of Heat and Flammable gases Fire, Toxic gas release and Explosion Control measured provided Annual inspections Safety interlocks to be provided Safety and pressure gauge valves fitted Properly supported and protected against corrosion Testing of Jackets and joints of tubes regularly Raw Materials quantity must be controlled either volumetrically or gravimetrically. Process control devices must be installed includes the use of sensors, alarms, trips and other control systems that either take automatic action or allow for manual intervention to prevent the conditions for uncontrolled reaction occurring. High Temperature indicator valve and alarm system must be provided Auto cutoff system must be provided after reaching of predetermined maximum safe temperature. Pressure gauge is must provided. Safety Control valve is must be provided. The Vessel Emergency Relief vent should discharge to a suitably designed catch pot or should be so positioned that people working in the area and members of the public will not be in danger if the contents of the vessel are discharged. Use skilled worker Proper selection of MOC Mechanical seal in all pumps and reactors Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 217

218 Name of hazardous process and operation Material in the process / operation Type of hazard possible toxic gas release / fire / explosion / run away reaction / rupture, etc. Control measured provided Transportation of finished product from vessel to storage tank through General Hazards and Controls Identification Type of Emergency Possible Causes Possible Results Preventive/control Measures of Area Fire Tank farm area Fire due to Bottom nozzle failure Damage of storage tank Pump discharge nozzle failure Unloading road tanker hose rupture Major fire in the tank farm, it may spread all over the company and surrounding area May cause fatalities Licensed and isolated storage tank farm. Flame proof fittings. Earthling while unloading. Spark arrestor at main gate. Dip pipes on the tank for unloading. Provision of dyke. Earthling of tanks and pumps.\ Get approval from an explosive department for plan approval, equipment layout & emergency control measures. No electrical junction box close to storage materials. Hot work permit system followed for hot working in the ware house. Toxic Gas Release Tank Farm Area and Reaction Vessel area Cylinder blast Rupture of discharge valve Rupture of gas cylinder body Major gas exposure in the company and /or surrounding area of the company which resulting in irritation to respiratory track eyes Storage Tank stored under shed and good ventilated area. Procured by license holder party. Fitted with valve protection cap. Valve opened with special key. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 218

219 Type of Emergency Identification of Area Explosion All Material handling areas Material handling In Plant Methanol, Formaldehyde and Melamine Fire Protective System Storage and other Operation Area Possible Causes Possible Results Preventive/control Measures Bursting of pipelines and suffocation. More inhalation results in fatalities. Loading/unloading done safely. Trained persons for Material Handling in Tank Farm and Storage Tank area. Periodic hydraulic testing through competent person by supplier Painted according to its color code. Vapor explosion due to contact of spark to accumulated flammable vapor in confined area Improper discharge of static charge Use of non FLP equipment for solvent handling Metal to metal impact Electrical short circuit Open flame Flameproof electric installation areas & use spark less tools Isolated storage of Flammable material drums Hot work permit for hot working in the plant Earthling for human static charge Good ventilated area for Flammable material storage Flammable, eye irritating & body accident Fire and health Hazards Trained employee Required PPE and Fire Protective equipment Provided Good engineering practice Separate storage are with dyke valve system provided Spillage, Leakage and overflow, Fire Hazard Required Fire Extinguisher Provided Flame Proof Electrical Fitting Proper Earthling arrangement Fire Hydrant System with Jockey Pump Gas Detector Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 219

220 7.4.4 Safe Practice for Handling, Storage, Transportation and Unloading of Hazardous Chemicals For Storage/Handling Separate from strong oxidant. & Keep it in well ventilated room. Dyke wall shall be provided to all above ground storage tank. Fire hydrant system shall be installed. Safety shower and eye washer shall be installed near storage area. Flame proof light fitting shall be provided at flammable storage area. Proper selection of MOC for chemicals storage tank. Sprinkler system shall be installed at flammable material storage area Earthing/bonding shall be provided for static charges. Flame arrestor shall be provided on flammable material storage tank vent. Level gauge and level measurement instrument shall be provided on material storage tank. Lightening arrestor on all chimney and building shall be provided. Hazardous material should be stored away from the plant and safe distance shall be maintained. Safety permit system shall be followed for loading, unloading of hazardous chemical. Fencing, caution note, hazardous identification board should be provided. Only authorized person shall be permitted in storage tank area and register will be maintained. For Transportation & Unloading Solvent shall be received by road tanker and stored in above ground storage tank in separated bulk storage area. Loading and unloading procedure shall be prepared for material received through road tanker. Earthing/bonding shall be provided for static charges. Flexible steel hose shall be used for unloading from the road tanker. Flame proof electric motor shall be used during loading/unloading. NRV shall be provided on pump discharge line. Fixed pipeline with pumps shall be provided for transfer to vessel. TREM CARD will be provided to all transporters and shall be trained for transportation Emergency of hazardous chemicals. Personal Protective Equipment (safety goggles, hand gloves, apron, masks, gum boots etc.) shall be provided Occupational Health Surveillance Programme Health surveillance is the monitoring of a person s health to identify changes in health status due to occupational exposure to a hazardous substance. It includes biological monitoring. Ideally, the avoidance of work-related diseases should be achieved by the prevention or controlling exposures to hazardous substances in the workplace. Where a process cannot be designed or maintained to eliminate the risk of exposure, it may be necessary for workers to undergo health surveillance. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 220

221 Aims of health surveillance: i. Identify those at increased high risk Health surveillance is used to identify workers who have an increased high risk of developing an occupational disease. For example, people who have existing skin, kidney, liver and eye disorders, heart problem; additionally smokers and pregnant women are at increased risk of being severely affected if exposed to Methanol. ii. Compliance with regulations Health surveillance is sometimes required by laws and codes of practice (for example, a worker exposed to lead in battery manufacture or a spray-painted exposed to isocyanates in two-pack paints). Each state or territory has regulations containing a schedule of hazardous substances for which health surveillance is mandated. iii. Early detection The major purpose of health surveillance is to detect adverse health effects at an early stage so that the worker may be protected from further injury, either by control of the process or by removal from exposure. iv. Evaluating effectiveness of control measures Health surveillance is not a control measure in itself and should not be the sole means of determining whether control measures are effective. However, it can provide useful information on the effectiveness of safe working practices. v. Epidemiology and disease Health surveillance can be used to evaluate the health experiences of groups of workers exposed to specific hazardous agents or working within a particular industry. Workers should be made aware that health surveillance is sometimes necessary to ensure their ongoing health. Health surveillance is often used in addition to workplace monitoring. Workplace monitoring will only indicate the potential for exposure of workers to a hazardous substance. It can never be an indication of the actual amount of substance absorbed or the effect on the body of absorbing the hazardous substance. When a toxic substance (such as an industrial chemical) is present in the environment, it contaminates air, water, food, or surfaces in contact with the skin: environmental monitoring evaluates the amount of toxic agent in these media. As a result of absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion, a certain internal dose of the toxic agent (the net amount of a pollutant absorbed in or passed through the organism over a specific time interval) is effectively delivered to the body and becomes detectable in body fluids. Subsequent interaction with a receptor in the critical organ (the organ which, under specific conditions of exposure, exhibits the first or the most important adverse effect) leads to biochemical and cellular events. Both the internal dose and the elicited biochemical and cellular effects may be measured through biological monitoring. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 221

222 7.5 Occupational Health Programme The health & physical hazards caused due to toxic, irritant, corrosive, flammable materials. All chemicals are within Threshold Limit Value as per ACGIH. Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure etc. will be carried out regularly and its record will be maintained. Good housekeeping, use of PPE, Engineering controls, Enclosure processes, scrubber system, display of safety boards, SOP of loading / unloading, local exhaust ventilation, safety shower etc. are important safety measures have taken to keep these chemicals within TLV. Appropriate personal protective equipments (gloves, boots, ear muffs, etc. will be provided & ensure their usage. Workers will be trained on safe material handling of hazardous chemicals. Prepare & display the safe operating procedure for hazardous chemicals storage, handling & transporting or using. Periodical medical examination of the workers & Liver Function Testes will be done. Register (form no.37) for work place air monitoring will be done. Employee training and education will be carried out. Control the noise at source by substitution, isolation, segregation, barriers etc. Local Exhaust ventilation and scrubber should be installed where it is required to reduce fumes, vapors, temperature and heat stress. Insulate all hot equipment to reduce air temperature. Reduce the level of physical activity by sharing workload with other or by using mechanical means. 7.6 Chemicals which are Exposed to Workers Directly or Indirectly 1. Formaldehyde (37%) 2. Phenol 3. Methanol Pre-employment medical checkup and periodical medical examination will be done. Liver function test will be done during pre-placement and periodical examination. In addition to the above, following safety equipment will be provided; Fire extinguishers at prominent places in the premises First aid kit Portable eye wash station, capable of supplying 15 minutes of water Emergency shower Ample supply of potable water for washing and drinking Emergency communication devices such as mobile phones and two way radios Vehicle suitable for emergency transport 7.7 Treatment of Workers Affected by Accidental Spillage of Chemicals Hazards with Acute Exposure Contact with skin may cause severe burns or systemic poisoning. Systemic effects may occur from any route of exposure, especially after skin absorption. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 222

223 Hazards with Chronic Exposure Repeated or prolonged exposure may harm the respiratory system. Can irritate and inflame the airways. Methanol affects the central nervous system, liver, and kidneys. Special Safety Precautions Prevent contact with skin by wearing neoprene gloves, lab coat, and resistant apron. Wear safety glasses or a face shield if splashing may occur. Store in a cool, dry, well-ventilated area, away from heated surfaces or ignition sources. Skin contact requires immediate washing of the affected area with soap and water. Remove contaminated clothing and launder before wearing again. Procedure for treating workmen after skin contact. Skin contact requires immediate flushing of the contaminated area with soap and water at a sink or emergency shower for a good fifteen minutes. Remove contaminated clothing. In case of eye contact, promptly flush the eyes with copious amounts of water for 15 minutes (lifting upper and lower lids occasionally) and obtain medical attention. If methanol is ingested, obtain medical attention immediately. If large amounts of methanol are inhaled, move the person to fresh air and seek medical attention at once. It is recommended to provide the safety shower and eyewash station in plant Antidotes Antidotes for Methanol Ethanol (30 % solution from inside, 5 % solution from outside i.e. by intravenous injection) Epicake syrup In case of acidosis give sodium bicarbonate In case of delirium give diazepam 10 mg by intravenous injection Folinic acid (leucovorin 1 mg/kg iv, 4 hourly) Antidotes for Formaldehyde Milk Activated Charcoal or Water Antidotes for Phenol Polyethylene glycol 300 or 400 Activated Charcoal and 240 ml Milk Details of fire extinguishers Unit will provide about 10 Nos. of fire extinguishers of DCP type at prominent places in the premises. Sr. No. Type Capacity Qty 1 DCP 5 kg 8 Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 223

224 7.7.3 Minimization of The Manual Handling of Hazardous Substance Whether moving materials manually or mechanically, employees should know and understand the potential hazards associated with the task at hand and how to control their work places to minimize the danger. Employers and employees should examine their workplaces to detect any unsafe or unhealthful conditions, practices, or equipment and take corrective action. Provide flameproof electrical motor & transfer chemicals through the pipelines. Use specially designed pallets to hold, move raw materials, finished products through work areas. Minimize lifting of raw materials, heavy loads by using appropriate platforms, trolleys etc. Avoid the moving, manual handling of hazardous material. 7.8 Do s and Dont s Handling of Chemicals Do s Know the hazards of the chemical before handling. Know the antidotes for chemical, which you are handling. Do keep material safety data sheet in locations where chemicals are being handled and study it. Use appropriate personal protective equipment like gloves, aprons, and respirator; face shield etc. depending upon nature of the work. Label every chemical that you use and tightly close the container. Use eye wash fountain / safety shower in case of splash of chemicals in the eye or body for at least 15 minutes. Segregate toxic, flammable chemicals and keep them under control. In addition to draining and closing valves, lines should be blanked before taking up maintenance work. Provide proper ventilation at the chemical handling area to limit their concentration within prescribed level. Dont s Do not store the chemicals that are incompatible with other chemicals. Do not spill the chemicals. Do not dispose chemical without neutralizing. Do not keep large inventory of chemicals. Do not allow empty containers of hazardous chemicals to be used by others. Do not use compressed air for transferring chemicals. Do not stand near chemical transfer pump while it is in operation with temporary hose connection. Pouring of chemicals by hand or doing siphoning by mouth should never be adopted. Chemicals drums should never be moved without protection. Do not attempt to neutralize the acid / alkali on the skin. Use water only. Do not use solvent for cleaning hands. Material Handling Do s Don ts Use proper lifting tool and tackle having adequate capacity. Do not use the equipment for the purpose other than its design intention. Only authorized persons should operate material handling equipments. Do not allow personnel to move underneath lifted load. Each tool, tackle or equipment should have number and safe working load (SWL) marked on it. Assess weight of the material, distance to be Do not load the equipment above its safe working load. Do not use makeshift arrangements for lifting Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 224

225 Do s carried and hazards etc. before lifting the load. Inspect and test all the lifting tools and tackles regularly as per Factory Rules. Wear Personal Protective Equipments while handling of material. Wherever possible, mechanized material handling shall be adopted. While lifting a load physically, keep the load as near as possible to the body with feet properly placed for body balance. Bend knees, keep back straight, keep the load closed to the body and lift the load. Fire Prevention Do s Don ts equipment without inspection and test. Do not use defective tool and tackles. Keep the tools & tackles free from adverse effect of atmosphere by applying suitable protective coating. The angle between the legs of two leg sling should not exceed 90 degree. Do not allow male and female adult to lift a load manually higher than 55 kgs and 30 kgs respectively. Do not hold the load with tip of the fingers; grasp the load firmly with palm. Don ts Follow NO SMOKING sign. Deposit oily rags and waste combustible material in the identified containers and dispose them suitably. Fire Hose used for any other purpose should be permanently marked and taken out of fire hydrant system. Keep minimum inventory of flammable and combustible substances. Take permission before breaking or removal of fire barrier and ensure subsequent relocation of fire barrier. Check periodically the operability of fixed fire fighting system. Attend any abnormality / deficiency with fire protection system promptly. Provide earthling or bonding to prevent accumulation of static charges to tanks where flammable chemicals are stored / handled. Use instruments that are intrinsically safe in explosive atmosphere. Do not leave flammable material like acetone, kerosene etc. used as cleaning agent at the work area. Do not over tighten fire hydrant valves with F- lever. Do not allow wild grass growth around storage of the gas cylinders and switchyard. Do not obstruct accessibility to the fire related equipment. Do not destroy the inspection tag provided with the fire equipment. Do not misuse fire-fighting equipment other than intended purpose. Do not store the flammable material in the open container. Do not use instruments that are not intrinsically safe in the explosive atmosphere. House Keeping Do s Don ts Assign places for everything and maintain things at assigned places. Do not leave combustible materials in the work area. Clean the area after completion of work. Do not smoke in the area of work. Use aisle space free for personnel and material movement. Ensure adequate illumination and ventilation for the job. Drop paper, plastic, glass, metal and bio-medical Do not allow dust bin to overflow. Do not generate extra waste. Do not disturb the safety equipment from assigned location. Do not block emergency switches and on/off Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 225

226 Do s Don ts waste in a separate bin kept for this purpose. Know the location where emergency equipment such as first aid box, fire fighting equipment, SCBA, Stretchers are kept. Arrest all types of spills such as chemical, water, oil, air / gas, steam etc. and clean up the area immediately. switches of the equipment by storming of materials in front of work. Do not leave cleaning agent like acetone, isopropyl alcohol, kerosene etc. at the work area after completion of work. Do not block fire exit point by storing materials or by means. Ensure exits are indicated / painted for use during emergency. Do not leave a spillage unattended. 7.9 Risk Assessment and Consequence Analysis ALOHA is an air dispersion model, which you can use as a tool for predicting the movement and dispersion of gases. It predicts pollutant concentrations downwind from the sources of a spill, taking into consideration the physical characteristics of the spilled material. ALOHA also accounts for some of the physical characteristics of the release site, weather conditions, and the circumstances of the release. Like many computer programs, it can solve problems rapidly and provide results in a graphic, easy to use format. This can be helpful during an emergency response or planning for such a response. Software used for calculation- ALOHA (Areal locations of Hazardous atmospheres) Aloha is a computer program designed especially for use by people responding to chemical accidents, as well as for emergency planning and training. ALOHA can predict the rates at which chemical vapors may escape into the atmosphere from broken gas pipes, leaking tanks and evaporating puddles. It can then predict how a hazardous gas cloud might disperse in the atmosphere after an accidental chemical release. ALOHA provides output as amount of chemical discharged from the source as well as its concentration in air it takes in to account different levels of concentrations for a specified chemical. Different concentration levels are given below: ERPG 1: is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing other than mild transient adverse health effects or perceiving a clearly defined, objectionable odor. ERPG 2: is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms which could impair an individual's ability to take protective action. ERPG 3: is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing lifethreatening health effects. IDLH: The Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) level. A chemical's IDLH is an estimate of the maximum concentration in the air to which a healthy worker could be exposed without suffering permanent or escape-impairing health effects. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 226

227 Table 7-3: Consequence Analysis Sr. No. Hazardous Chemical Stored Temp. Pressure Equipment Considered 1 Methanol (25MT) Ambient Ambient MS tank 25 Tones Scenario considered Catastrophic Failure Leakage from tank - MCA Connection leak- MCA 100% pipe dai Leak Size (dia.) meter Release duration m 1.5 inch pipe dia Max Burn Rate: 22.5 kilograms/min Max Burn Rate: 52.2 kilograms/min Red Threat Zone 236 meters --- (10.0 kw/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec) less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (10.0 kw/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec) less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (10.0 kw/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec) Damage distance Orange Threat Zone 340 (5.0 kw/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec) less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (5.0 kw/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec) 11 meters --- (5.0 kw/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec) Yellow Threat Zone 537 (2.0 kw/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec) 10 meters - -- (2.0 kw/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec) 15 meters - -- (2.0 kw/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec) Type of Consequence BLEVE (Figure 7-1) Pool Fire Pool fire (Figure 7-2) Connection Max Burn less than 10 less than 10 less than 10 Pool fire Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 227

228 Sr. No. Hazardous Chemical Stored Temp. Pressure Equipment Considered 2 Phenol 41 deg. C Ambient MS tank 25 Tones 3 Formaldehyde Ambient Ambient MS tank 25 Tones Scenario considered leak -20 % of pipe dia. Connection leak- MCA 100% pipe dai Connection leak -20 % of pipe dia. Connection leak- MCA 100% pipe dai Leak Size (dia.) meter 0.3 inch pipe failure Release duration Rate: 2.09 kilograms/min Toxic Dispersion 1.5 inch pipe dia 2.39 kilograms/min 0.3 inch pipe dia failure Max Average Sustained Release Rate: 110 grams/min 1.5 inch pipe dia Max 6.05 grams/min Red Threat Zone meters(10.9 yards) --- (10.0 kw/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec) Damage distance Orange Threat Zone meters(10.9 yards) --- (5.0 kw/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec) Yellow Threat Zone meters(10.9 yards) --- (2.0 kw/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec) Type of Consequence (Figure 7-3) no recommended LOC value --- (N/A = AEGL-3 (60 min)) no recommended LOC value --- (N/A = AEGL-3 (60 min)) less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (56 ppm = AEGL-3 (60 min)) 56 meters - -- (23 ppm = AEGL-2 (60 min)) 13 meters - -- (23 ppm = AEGL-2 (60 min)) less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (14 ppm = AEGL-2 (60 min)) 86 meters --- (15 ppm = AEGL-1 (60 min)) 19 meters --- (15 ppm = AEGL-1 (60 min)) 20 meters --- (0.9 ppm = AEGL-1 (60 min)) Toxic Dispersion (Figure 7-4) Toxic Dispersion Toxic Dispersion Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 228

229 Figure 7-1: BLEVE Methanol Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 229

230 Figure 7-2: Methanol Connection Leak-Pool Fire Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 230

231 Figure 7-3: Methanol Connection Leak-Pool Fire Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 231

232 Figure 7-4: Toxic Dispersion Phenol Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 232

233 7.10 Risk Reduction Measurement & Recommendation in View of Safety Consideration Storage tank of Formaldehyde, Ammonia and methanol should be installed away from the plant area. Wind indicator should be provided at the highest level of the plant to know the wind direction. Automatic sprinkler system for the flammable material tanks (over ground tanks only) may be provided as knock on effect in case of fire is possible. Containment dykes with proper sloping and collection sumps should be provided so that any spillages in the bulk storage and other handling areas shall not stagnate and shall be quickly lead away to a safe distance from the source of leakage. This reduces the risk of any major fire on the bulk storages and the risk to the environment shall be minimized/ eliminated. Inspection of the storage tanks as per prefixed inspection schedule for thickness measurement, joint and weld efficiency etc. Provision of flameproof electrical fittings / equipment s. Proper maintenance of earth pits. Strict compliance of security procedures like issue of identity badges for outsiders, gate passes system for vehicles, checking of spark arrestors fitted to the tank lorries etc. Strict enforcement of no smoking. Periodic training and refresher courses to train the staff in safety fire fighting. Employee training and education will be carried out. Structural fireproofing in the process area could be considered as a safety measure in the light of probable spill and fires in the area. Emergency drills should be carried out periodically to ensure preparedness must continue. Wind indicator should be provided at the highest level of the plant to know the wind direction. Many operations involve use of highly toxic/flammable materials and these needs to be documented as SOPs. These must be made and kept updated on priority. Extensive training on use of Self Contained Breathing apparatus (SCBAs) must be ensured for emergency control. Many of the raw materials used for resin are either toxic or flammable. It is therefore important to ensure that these materials are stored in closed, well ventilated totally safe areas. A fire alarm system (heat and smoke detection) should be provided for the storage area where the material is stored as toxic fumes arise on combustion. Loose drums of waste materials, often solvent laden, must be removed from the working areas and close watch kept. Proper Earthing needs to be provided through plug type systems or through the agitators/liquid. Ventilation should be provided for any enclosed are where hydrocarbon or toxic vapors may accumulate. Several such areas were noticed- these may be surveyed and tackled accordingly. All personnel should be trained in handling emergency situations and should be apprised of their role in handling emergency situation and to ensure adequacy of the emergency procedures simulated exercise should be carried out. This was found wanting. Flame arrestor should be provided. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 233

234 Adequate number of caution boards highlighting the hazards of chemicals should be provided at critical locations. Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure etc. will be carried out regularly and its record will be maintained. Good housekeeping, use of PPE, Engineering controls, Enclosure processes, scrubber system, display of safety boards, SOP of loading / unloading, local exhaust ventilation, safety shower etc. are important safety measures have taken to keep these chemicals within TLV. Appropriate personal protective equipment will be provided & ensure the usage of them. Workers will be trained on safe material handling of hazardous chemicals. Prepare & display the safe operating procedure for hazardous chemicals storage, handling & transporting or using. Local Exhaust ventilation and scrubber should be installed where it is required to reduce fumes, vapors, temperature and heat stress. Reduce the level of physical activity by sharing workload with other or by using mechanical means. Following FIRE safety devices WILL BE PROVIDED to protect from any malfunctioning of plant equipments. Following fire protection systems will be provided. Water storage of adequate capacity to meet the requirements of water for firefighting purposes. Fire hydrants and automatic sprinkler system. Diesel driven pumps and headers to supply water to fire hydrant network. Adequate Portable fire extinguishers, sand bucket, wheeled fire & safety equipment should be provided at the required places. Equipment required for personal safety like blankets, gloves, apron, gum boots, face mask helmets, safety belts, first aid boxes etc. are provided. Proximity suits and selfcontained breathing apparatus to be provided. Health arrangements will be provided to workers engage in handling of toxic material. The health & physical hazards caused due to toxic, irritant, corrosive, flammable materials. All chemicals are within Threshold Limit Value as per ACGIH. Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure etc. will be carried out regularly and its record will be maintained. Pre-employment medical checkup and periodically medical examination will be done. Medical Check-up of Employees will include Chest X rays, Audiometry, spirometry, Vision testing, ECG, during pre placement and periodic intervals. Liver function test will be done during pre-placement and periodical examination Disaster Management Plan Disaster An emergency is said to have arisen when operations in the plant are not able to cope up with a potential hazardous situation i.e. loss of control of an incident cause the plant to go beyond its normal operating conditions, thus creating danger. When such an emergency evolves chain of events affect the normal working within the factory area and/ or which may cause injuries, loss of life, substantial damage to property and environment both inside and outside the factory and a disaster is said to have occurred. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 234

235 The various steps involves in the process of Disaster Management can be summarized as: Minimize Risk Occurrence (Prevention) Rapid Control (Emergency Response) Effectively Rehabilitate Damaged Areas (Restoration) Disaster Management Plan is involved by careful scrutiny and interlinking of: Types and causes of disaster Technical know-how Resource availability The various type of Disaster that may occur is Due to the fire and Major spillage from tank Hurricane, cyclone and other natural calumniates. Objectives of the Plan The plan will set into action immediately after a fire occurs inside the plant. However fire hazard will be restricted to fuel tank storage area only and hence to major disaster is envisage. The plan is developed to make best possible of unit, Rescue the victims and treat them suitable. Safe guard others (evacuating them to safer places). Contain the incident and control it with minimum damage. Identify the persons affected. Preserve relevant records and equipment needed as evidence incase on inquiry. Rehabilitate the affected areas. Basis of Plan Unit will prepare an onsite emergency plan. The basic guideline of the Plan is as given below: Informative broacher on emergency will be distributed to each staff member of the plant and telephone numbers of key personnel to be contacted during an emergency will be placed at all the operator placement point in the plan. Workers would be trained regularly on fire hazard drill, which will be organized once in a here mock drill from the safety and fire agency. The industry will provide the wall surrounding the methanol storage area. 24 hours vehicle for service and in-plant first aid emergency kit would be provided Post Disaster Analysis and Evaluation When emergency is over, it is desirable to carry out a detailed analysis of the causes of the accident to evaluate the influence of various factors involved and to propose methods to eliminate them in future. Simultaneously, the adequacy of the disaster preparedness plan will be evaluated and any short comings will be rectified General Recommendations All non-routine work etc. should be carried out under a permit system. Adequate number of caution boards high lighting the hazards of chemicals to be handled, eye bath and emergency showers should be provided at critical location. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 235

236 Adequate number of absorbents should be placed at accessible locations in the tank farm area as well as in the pump house that would enable to contain spills immediately. Adequate color coding and labeling of the pipelines should be provided for easy identification of products proposed to be handled through them. The damage distance due to any failure could be reduced, by reducing the time required to stop the leak, which in turn would reduce the quantity of spillage. The response time could be reduced by installing /maintaining instruments, effective communication system, etc. It is recommended that rubber mats be provided in front of electrical panel of the entire plant with a view to prevent employees from receiving electric shocks. It is suggested that all type of fire extinguishers be placed at appropriate places for easy access in case of emergency The Availability, Organization, and Utilization of Resources for Emergency The organizational set-up necessary for chain of commands during emergency situation, which may arise in the premises. The system is described in following Subsections. Organizational Set-up Factory Manager Safety officer Skilled Person Un-skilled person Functions and Responsibilities of Factory Manager He shall be the main guiding person for direct emergency operations. Safety officer The main responsibility of safety officer is safety management. The Safety management includes the implementation of prevention methods to avoid incident or accident and handling of emergency in case of accident. Skilled person He shall be responsible for the operation and maintenance. Skilled person He shall be arranging the safety equipment accordingly. He shall be followed the instruction of supervisor and officer. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 236

237 Emergency Response Room (Safety officer room) The place identified as Emergency Response Center will be considered as the Security Gate Office. The location of the Emergency Response Center may change in future as per convenience. The facilities available at the Emergency Response Center shall include: Internal Telephone External Telephone Manual Fire/Emergency Siren Siren Actuation Switch Important Address and Telephone Numbers Emergency Vehicles Confined Space Entry Procedure List of Antidote/actions to be taken in case of hazardous chemical/materials. Material Safety Data Sheets of chemicals A copy of On-Site Disaster Management Plan All communications after General Shift working hours and on Sundays/ Holidays are to be routed through the Security Gate Office. General Rules Follow sense of discipline and do not pain. Do not rush and endanger your personnel safety Use personnel protective equipment according to the situation Do not block any passages, which may hinder the movement of emergency vehicles. In case you have to shut down your plant operation, do it in an orderly manner as per standard operating procedures. In situation when you have to leave your work and evacuate to identify places out of operating areas, do it in an orderly manner. Follow instructions of the Safety officer. Understand the Disaster Management Plan well and take interest in practice mock drill Fire Fighting Facilities Fire Buckets / Fire Extinguishers Fire buckets and portable fire extinguishers will be provided in all the areas depending upon the specific needs of the area. Some spare equipment will also be maintained in the inventory at an identified fire & safety equipment store. Fire Alarm Sirens It shall be provided to alert all the employees inside the premises about the situation of an emergency. Sand Buckets 5 nos. of sand buckets will be provided within the industrial premises in case of emergency fire. Oxygen cylinder Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 237

238 8 no. of oxygen cylinder will be provided for emergency. Safety Equipment All types of personnel protective safety equipment required for handling the emergency are to be arranged in the M/s. Highborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. site. Some of the protective equipment is as follow: Canister/Cartridge type masks Dust Masks PVC suits, Aprons Safety showers/ Eye Wash fountains Other personnel protective appliances, like safety glasses, gumboots, helmets, hand gloves, face shields, safety belts, safety ladders, safety torches, blankets Other Key Personnel All key personnel will wear red helmet for their identification and easy recognition. The responsibilities and duties of key personnel include. Safety The safety officer/ supervisor will carry out the following: To provide necessary equipment like fire fighting equipment (FFE) and personal protective equipment (PPE). To accompany factory inspector during investigation of the emergency. To train workers/ supervisors in safety and safe operating procedures. To assist the site main controller, incident controller in preparing a brief report of the incident. Assembly Points: The assembly points for gathering non-essentials workers / persons will be fixed and will be clearly marked as per the wind direction. Fire Control Arrangement: Fire fighting trained personnel will be made available in all the shifts. The responsibilities and duties include: To fight the fire with available internal fire fighting equipment and to stop leakage of liquid etc. To provide personal protective equipment to the team. To cordon the area and inform incident controller or site main controller about the development of emergency. To train the persons (essential workers) to use personal protective equipment and fire-fighting equipment. Medical Arrangement: The responsibilities and duties include: To provide first aid to the affected persons, and, if necessary, send them to hospitals for further treatment. To keep a list of blood groupings ready and update. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 238

239 Transport Evacuation Arrangement: For transportation of people, company s vehicles, cars, rickshaws etc. will be utilized On Site Emergency Plan An emergency in the premises has the potential to cause serious injury or loss of lives or extensive damage to the property and/or environment and serious disruption both inside and outside the plant. In such cases sometimes outside agencies are required to call for help in handling the situation. The causative factors like plant/equipment failure, human error, earth quake, sabotage etc. will normally manifest in various forms viz. Fire, Explosion, Toxic release, structure collapse etc. This OEP lays down the code of conduct of all personnel in the Plants and the procedures to be adopted by them in the event of an "Emergency". These procedures have been prepared taking into account the minimum strength of manpower available at all times in the premises. The individuals under the direction of the respective Team Leaders shall carry out the responsibilities assigned. The emergency procedures outlined are suitable for round the clock coverage including holidays. These emergency procedures shall be followed as outlined in the OEP during general shifts as well. The overall objectives of OEP are: To control the situation and if possible eliminate as quickly as possible. To avoid confusion/panic and to attend the emergency with clear-cut line of action. To minimize the loss of property to the plant as well as to our neighborhood. To safe guard the non-affected areas. To alert the neighborhood. To arrange head-count and rescue operations. Treatment of the injured. To safeguard others by timely evacuation. To prevent any cascade of emergencies. Accident: An accident is an unplanned event, which has a probability of causing personal injury or property damage or both. It may result in physical harm (injury or disease) to person (s), damage to property, loss to the company, a near miss or any combination of the effect. A Major accident is a sudden, unexpected, unplanned event, resulting from uncontrolled developments during and industrial activity, which causes or has a potential to cause Serious adverse effects immediate or delayed (death, injuries, poisoning or hospitalization) to a number of people inside the installations and/ or to persons outside the establishment. Significant damage may be caused to crops, plants or animals or significant contamination of land waters or air. An emergency intervention outside the establishment (evacuation of local population, stopping of local traffic). Any combination of above. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 239

240 Emergency: An emergency is the situation, which has potential to cause a large-scale damage or destruction to life or property or Environment or combination of these within or outside the factory. Therefore it is essential to have a laid down procedure to meet emergency systematically. In any industry, emergency can arise at any moment and this depends on the type of: Structure Raw materials Machines Nearby Industries Location of the Industry etc. Nature of emergency: The "Emergency" specified in this plan will refer to occurrence of one or more of the following natural/manmade events. Fire Explosion Release of Toxic Gas/Vapour Spillage of flammable liquid /gas Deliberate Sabotage, Terrorism, Air Raid etc. Natural Calamities: - Lightening, Storm, Earthquake, Flood etc. Collapsing of structure Overturning of tanker containing flammable / toxic substances. Medical help: First Aid Boxes have been provided at various strategic locations. Requisite number employees are trained about First Aid, Liaison with nearest hospitals. Communication system: Alarm Raising for Emergency by blowing the sirens installed The siren will be used for raising the emergency alarm and also for all clear signals. Emergency Siren: The wailing alarm will be sounded intermittently at fixed interval of 30 seconds for a period of two minutes in case of emergency, such alarm will signify the employees that an emergency has occurred and that the emergency services should be put into operation. Incident Controller after assessing the situation will declare that emergency is over. Till the Incident Controller issues the declaration, all the leaders will adhere to the task and be present at the prescribed location. All clear signal will be sounded through continuous siren for 1 minute. Even after the emergency is over a skeleton staff of the Rescue/Evacuation Team will be available at the site of emergency for at least 30 minutes to ensure that the situation is absolutely free from danger. After the emergency is over, all the team leaders should meet at the Emergency Control Center and each team leader should submit a report to the Incident Controller about team performance and other details observed. In addition to the above systems, Internal telephones, P.A.System, Mobile telephones, Computer System etc. will be used for communication. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 240

241 If situation is beyond the control, the external agencies will be informed accordingly and asked for the help. Direct telephone, cell phone or messengers / runners may achieve this. Assembly point: In case of emergency some locations are considered as Assembly Points. Depending on the wind direction and location of emergency, Assembly Point will be declared. The employees should run across the wind direction and not against the wind direction. Depending upon the location of the emergency the Incident Controller will fix the Assembly Point and Officer will announce the location of the Assembly Point. Employee s attendance, visitors and contractors workmen register will be made available at the Assembly Point for head count. Emergency control center: Factory Manager Office will be declared as an Emergency control center. Emergency control center is facilities with: Address and Telephone numbers of the Factory Inspectorate, Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Police, Fire Brigade, Hospitals and OEP Team Members Plant layout-indicating storage of hazardous materials, layout of fire Hydrants/extinguishers, entrances/exits, roads etc. Portable P.A. System, Manual Siren, flood lights, Torches, Pickaxe, Saw, Nylon Ropes. Fire Blankets / Fire Proximity Suit, Breathing Apparatus, First Aid Box etc. List of employees with address, telephone number, blood group etc. Material Safety Data Sheets of all chemicals handled. Wind Socks: Wind direction will be determined with the help of installed windsocks. Mock drill: Mock drills are carried out regularly to familiarize the staff with their roles, fire protection equipment/system installed in the plant and use of personnel protective equipment. Senior officials monitor this and shortcomings are thoroughly studied and necessary corrective measures are taken. Procedures for Mock Drills Inform all the employees about mock drills and the signal to be given. Fix the date and location of the emergency for mock drills. Mock drills will be monitored by observers. Raise the siren for emergency. After hearing the siren the Incident Controller, Site Controller, Officers and Team Members should actuate the On-site Emergency Plan. Procedure on Noticing an Emergency If anybody notices any situation, which may lead to a disaster, should be immediately inform the Shift In-charge / site controller / Incident Controller / Fire & Safety Supervisor / Security. Take charge of the situation as Incident Controller. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 241

242 Rush to the site of emergency to get the correct picture and then to Emergency Control Center for speedy control over the situation by making an arrangement for raising the alarm. On arrival of Team members, he shall assign duties as required and activate the On- Site Emergency Plan. Ensure safety of the plant and the personnel in the plant. He will make an assessment of the emergency and decide on external assistance. Communicate and Coordinate among the Incidents Controller/ Site Controller/ Factory manager/ fire safety supervisor etc. and will be the final authority on all matters related with management of emergency such as: o Fire fighting. o Welfare and rescue operations. o Arrange for Civil/Mechanical/Electrical work during emergency. o Transport. Incident controller / site controller: Rush immediately to the scene of the fire/emergency, select and set out appropriate fire/emergency equipment. He will take the below mentioned actions at the earliest opportunity, if the fire/emergency is not controlled. He will Call the security personnel from their residences for additional manpower if required. Regulate entry and exit of personal required for controlling the fire/emergency. Restrict exit of personal required for controlling the fire/emergency. Arrange for Personnel Protective Equipment required for the emergency. Call, the local Fire Brigade, Police in case of necessity in consultation with the Incident controller. Arrange transport facilities for removal of causalities to dispensary / hospital. Take responsibility of law and order. Keep detailed records of the incident and progress of operations to fight the emergency. Factory manager: He will rush to the Emergency Control Centre and collect the information from the Incident Controller. Further he will, Announce the location of the Assembly Point after getting information from Incident Controller / site controller. Take the list of persons to be communicated internally and externally. Maintain liaison with the press, government agencies i.e. Police, Fire Brigade etc. and the neighborhood regarding the emergency under instructions from Incident Controller. Courteously Receive officers from the State Government or neighbors to the Administration Block only and inform to Incident Controller that they can be taken care off. Take all the steps required for the welfare such as providing tea, snacks, emergency temporary Medical Center in consultation with the incident controller/site controller. Disclose all the necessary information in the plant and media so as to avoid rumors and Confusion. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 242

243 Also be responsible for the head counts at the Assembly Points. Fire & Safety Supervisor/ Shift Incharge & Security: Proceed to the scene; establish contact with firemen and incident controller to supplement efforts in fire fighting. Assist in searching casualties and help to remove them to the medical center. Organize outside assistance in fire fighting and rescue operations if required. Mobilize personal protective equipment and safety appliances and assist personnel handling emergency in using them. Keep and check on any new development of unsafe situation and report the same to Site Main Controller. Collect and preserve evidence to facilitate future inquiries. Effectively cordon off the emergency area and will prevent unauthorized people entering the scene. Permit the Fire tenders or Ambulance requisitioned by Incident Controller to the plant. Ensure that vehicles and trolleys are sent out of the plant premises. Ensure that all the employees are conducted out of plant and assembled at Assembly Point. Control Traffic Movement. Remove tankers, tanker drivers outside. Entry of unauthorized public to be prevented. Arrange for vehicles for shifting casualties and essential workers to safe assembly points. Engineering/ operation & maintenance: Ensure the safety of the remaining part of the plant. Take necessary steps for plant shutdown in consultation with the site controller. Ensure that an Operator is immediately available at the Water Pump House for fire fighting. Mobilize with necessary tools and tackles to handle any repair work on an emergency basis Locating the plant in open area instead of covered to be reviewed in view of safety consideration Storage tank of phenol, Formaldehyde and methanol should be installed away from the plant area. Wind indicator should be provided at the highest level of the plant to know the wind direction. Automatic sprinkler system for the flammable material tanks (over ground tanks only) may be provided as knock on effect in case of fire is possible. Containment dykes with proper sloping and collection sumps should be provided so that any spillages in the bulk storage and other handling areas shall not stagnate and shall be quickly lead away to a safe distance from the source of leakage. This reduces the risk of any major fire on the bulk storages and the risk to the environment shall be minimized/ eliminated. Inspection of the storage tanks as per prefixed inspection schedule for thickness measurement, joint and weld efficiency etc. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 243

244 Provision of flameproof electrical fittings / equipment s. Comprehensive colour code scheme to identify different medium pipes. Proper maintenance of earth pits. Strict compliance of security procedures like issue of identity badges for outsiders, gate passes system for vehicles, checking of spark arrestors fitted to the tank lorries etc. Strict enforcement of no smoking Offsite Emergency Preparedness Plan Offsite emergency plan would follow the onsite emergency plan. When the consequences of an emergency situation go beyond the plant boundaries, it becomes an offsite emergency. Offsite emergency is essentially the responsibility of the public administration. However, the plant management will provide the public administration with the technical information relating to the nature, quantum and probable consequences on the neighboring population. The offsite plan in detail will be based on those events, which are most likely to occur, but other less likely events, which have severe consequence, will also be considered. Incidents which have very severe consequences yet have a small probability of occurrence would also be considered during the preparation of the plan. However, the key feature of a good offsite emergency plan is flexibility in its application to emergencies other than those specifically included in the formation of the plan. The roles of the various parties who will be involved in the implementation of an offsite plan are described below. Depending on local arrangements, the responsibility for the offsite plan would either rest with the plant management or with the local authority. Either way, the plan would identify an emergency coordinating officer, who would take the overall command of the offsite activities. As with the onsite plan, an emergency control centre would be setup within which the emergency coordinating officer can operate. An early decision will be required in many cases on the advice to be given to people living "within range" of the accident - in particular whether they should be evacuated or told to go indoors. In the latter case, the decision can regularly be reviewed in the event of an escalation of the incident. Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors: In the case of a major fire. Only houses close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe smoke hazard may require this to be reviewed periodically; and if a fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it might be necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is time; if insufficient time exists, people should be advised to stay indoors and shield them from the fire. This later case particularly applies if the installation at risk could produce a fireball with very severe thermal radiation effects. Although the plan will have sufficient flexibility built in to cover the consequences of the range of accidents identified for the onsite plan, it will cover in some detail the handling of the emergency to a particular distance from each major hazard works. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 244

245 Site Controller Emergency Control Room Safety Officer Incident Controller Emergency Co coordinator Emergency Co coordinator (Essential Source) Shift Incharge Emergency Co coordinator (Medical aid, Mutual aid Transportation and Communication Shift Incharge Operator Electrician Pump Operator Electrician Pump Operator First aid, Transport drives, Telephone Operator Figure 7-5: Off-Site Disaster Management Plan A. Aspects Proposed to be considered in the Offsite Emergency Plan The main aspects, which should be included in the emergency plan, are: Organization Detail of command structure, warning systems, and implementation procedures, emergency control centres. Names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and other key personnel. Communications Identification of personnel involved, communication center, call signs, network, list of telephone numbers. Specialized Knowledge Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call e.g. those with specialized fuel knowledge, laboratories. Voluntary Organizations Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc Fuel Information Details of the hazardous substances stored and a summary of the risk associated with them. Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 245

246 Meteorological Information Arrangements for obtaining details of weather forecasts and weather conditions prevailing at that time Humanitarian Arrangements Transport, evacuation centres, emergency feeding, treatment of injured, first aid, ambulances and temporary mortuaries. Public Information Arrangements for (a) Dealing with the media press office; (b) Informing relatives Assessment of Emergency Plan Arrangements for: Collecting information on the causes of the emergency; and Reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan. B. Role of the Emergency Co-ordinating Officer The various emergency services would be co-ordinated by an Emergency Coordinating Officer (ECO), who will be designated by the district collector. The ECO would liaison closely with the site main controller. Again depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents with major or prolonged offsite consequences, the external control would be passed to a senior local authority administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state government. The ECO will be equipped with address and phone numbers of important agencies. Role of the Local Authority The duty to prepare the offsite plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency planning officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a whole range of different emergencies within local authority area. The EPO should liaison with the plant, to obtain the information to provide the basis for the plan. This liaison should ensure that plan is continually kept up to date. It will be responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations which will be involved offsite in handling the emergency, know of their role and are able to accept it by having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to cover their particular responsibilities. Rehearsals for offsite plans should be organized by the EPO. Role of Police Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and Controlling traffic movements. Their functions should include controlling bystanders, evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of death or injury. Role of Fire Authorities The control of a fire should be normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site. The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other events, Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 246

247 such as explosions. Fire authorities in the region should be appraised about the location of all stores of flammable materials, water and foam supply points, and firefighting equipment. They should be involved in onsite emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion, as observers of exercises involving only site personnel. Role of Health Authorities Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances and so on, should have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should form an integral part of the emergency plan. For major fires, injuries should be the result of the effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this in all but extreme cases may be generally available in most hospitals. Major off site incidents are likely to require medical equipment and facilities additional to those available locally, and a medical "mutual aid scheme should exist to enable the Assistance of neighboring authorities to be obtained in the event of an emergency. Role of Government Safety Authority This will be the factory inspectorate available in the region. Inspectors are likely to satisfy themselves that the organization responsible for producing the offsite plan has made adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies. They may wish to see well documented procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the plan. In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory inspector will apply. These may vary from keeping a watch, to a close involvement in advising on operations. Offsite Action Plan Action Required to be taken to Sr. No. Mitigate Disaster by Aid giving agency A Arrangements for evacuation/ rescue of persons from zone of influence to 1 predetermined camps 2 Caution to public by announcement 3 Traffic control by cordoning of the area 4 Law & order 5 Request to railway authority for keeping the nearest railway gate open & to stop the trains at the nearest railway station B Control of fire Scrubbing of the flashed off gas cloud with 1 water curtain 2 To rescue trapped persons If fire is big, keep surrounding area cool 3 by spraying water Communication to State Electricity Board 4 to continue or cut off electric supply Responsible Agencies for taking action Police Department District Fire Brigade Equipments/Material facilities required at site to mitigate Emergency Self Breathing apparatus with spare cylinder Chemical gas mask with spare canister Vehicle with PA system Transportation for evacuation of people Self breathing apparatus with spare cylinders Foam /water fire tenders Gas mask with spare canisters Lime water Neck to toe complete asbestos suit, PVC hand gloves, gumboots, safety goggles Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 247

248 Offsite Action Plan Sr. No. 5 C D E F G 1 Action Required to be taken to Mitigate Disaster by Aid giving agency Communication to water supply department for supplying water Medical facilities for affected persons (first aid and treatment) Identification of concentration of gas in zone of influence Removal of debris and damaged structures Monitor the incoming and out going transports Arrange emergency shifting of affected persons and non affected person to specified area Arrange diesel/petrol for needed vehicles Give all information related to Meteorological aspects for safe handling of affected area for living beings 2 Forecast important weather changes, if any H 1 2 Representatives of all departments are in the local crisis group; therefore they are expected to render services available with them. Since it is a group of experts with authority, the mitigating measures can be implemented speedily. The representatives from locals are also there so that communication with local people is easy and quick. The district emergency or disaster control officer / collector shall be the president and he shall do mock drill etc so that action can be taken in right direction in time Responsible Agencies for taking action Hospital and public health Pollution Control Board Municipal corporation Transport department Meteorological Department Local Crises Group Equipments/Material facilities required at site to mitigate Emergency Mobile scrubbing system alongwith suction arrangement. Ambulance with onboard resuscitation unit, first aid, stretchers Gas detector Provide bulldozers Provide cranes Provide traffic police at site Provide emergency shifting vehicles at site Provide stock of fuel for vehicles. Provide wind direction and velocity instruments with temperature measurements Mobile van for Meteorological parameter measurements Must have all resources at hand, specially disaster management plan and its implementation method. All relevant information related to hazardous industry shall available with crisis group Newspaper editor shall be a part of the group so that right and timely media release can be done I 1 Collector shall be the President of District Crisis Group therefore all district infrastructure facilities are diverted to affected zone District Crisis Group All necessary facilities available at district can be made available at affected zone 2 All other functions as mentioned for local crisis group Control of law and order situation Chap 7: Risk Assessment and Safety Measures 248

249 8 PROJECT BENEFITS Proposed project will have benefits in the form of increase in employment opportunity, infrastructural development, socio-economic development etc. as described below under respective points; 8.1 Employment Potential Proposed project will have employment potential for about 70 persons, skilled & unskilled, for the operation and maintenance in efficient way. Out of 70 persons, 10 will be female employees. During construction also, there will be requirement of workers. Preference will be given to the local people from nearby villages according to the skill as well requirement which will increase employment opportunity in the surrounding area. Out of 70 employees, 40 persons will be resident for which labor room will be prepared with all the necessary facilities within the premises. Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also bound to be generated to provide day-to-day needs and services to the work force and industrial activity. The employed people will be benefited financially as this financial growth will fulfil their economic requirements, which in turn will increase their standard of living. 8.2 Improvement in Physical & Social Infrastructure Proposed project site is to be located in Ravapar Nadi Village. The project site is highly developed with all basic infrastructure facilities such as proximity to man power, electricity, water supply, transportation, telecommunication systems etc. due to developing industrial area as well development of many different types of industries in area. As far as the project premises is concerned, unit will prepare labor rooms for about its 70 employees with sufficient facilities including drinking water, toilets, sanitation facilities, power, communication, etc. In addition to these, benefits due to CSR activities, if any CSR activities will be related with such facilities. 8.3 Other Tangible Benefits Employment & trade opportunities will be generated with the starting of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local people & businesses/contractors. Proposed project will also contribute revenue to the State exchequer in the form of excise duty, income tax, state sales tax or VAT, tax for interstate movement, etc. Indirect contribution to the State exchequer will be there due to Income by way of registration of trucks, payment of road tax, income tax from individual as well as taxes from associated units. Thus, the proposed project will help the Government by paying different taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in developing the area. The country shall also benefit from increase in excise and vat revenues. The CSR activities by the company can be considerably beneficial for the health, education, upliftment of poor people, welfare of women & labors, assistance to the disabled people etc. These all together with the economic benefits of the CHAP-8: PROJECT BENEFITS 249

250 proposed project will result in further benefits in terms of the literacy level, primary and middle level education and on health facilities. 8.4 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Unit will spend annually minimum 2.5% of its net profit for carrying out various CSR activities as stated below; Provision of drinking water and sanitation facilities in schools. Provision of education aids & scholarship to poor students. Contribute in religious and social programs in nearby villages. Organize medical camp and providing support for the development and maintenance of the health facilities. Plantation along the road side and development of garden/greenbelt in nearby villages. Organize various camps for awareness programs regarding health and sanitation, Cleanliness in surrounding, greenbelt development. Participate and cooperate in animal husbandry camp. The Industry will also provide 2.5 % of the project cost, i.e, Rs. 2.5 Lacs, towards the Enterprise Social Commitment. Socio-economic development activities will be planned based on the suggestions during public hearing as well as general necessity in villages. Following is the five year action plan for carrying out various Socio-economic development activities in nearby villages; Type of Activities Yearly amount to be spent in CSR activities 1 st Year 2 nd 3 rd 4 th 5 th Year Year Year Year Total amount to be spent (Rs. In Lacs) Tree Plantation in nearby villages Drinking & sanitation facilities in schools of nearby villages Donation in Schools / distribution of education aids Medical facilities Organization of medical camps and various training programs Total These CSR activities by the company will be considerably beneficial for the health, education, upliftment of poor people, welfare of women & labors, assistance to the disabled people etc. CHAP-8: PROJECT BENEFITS 250

251 Environmental monitoring describes the processes and activities that need to take place to characterise and monitor the quality of the environment. Environmental monitoring is used in the preparation of environmental impact assessments, as well as in many circumstances in which human activities carry a risk of harmful effects on the natural environment. All monitoring strategies and programs have reasons and justifications which are often designed to establish the current status of an environment or to establish trends in environmental parameters. In all cases the results of monitoring will be reviewed and analysed statistically. Environmental monitoring program is designed to understand how the environment changes over time. Therefore, regular monitoring program of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The objectives of environmental monitoring program are; To verify the results of the impact assessment study in particular with regard to new development; To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical; To check or assess the efficiency of the pollution control measures; To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new installations; To check assumption made with regard to the development and to detect deviations in order to initiate necessary measures; and To establish a database for future Impact Assessment Studies for new projects. CHAP-8: PROJECT BENEFITS 251

252 9 PUBLIC COUNSULTATION This draft Environmental Impact Assessment report is for submission to Gujarat Pollution Control Board for Public Hearing / Public Consultation purposes. Minutes of Public Consultation / Public Hearing is attached as Annexure 6. CHAP-9: PUBLIC CONSULTATION 252

253 10 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 10.1 Declaration for Involvement in EIA Study Project Details Name & address Status Type Category as per EIA Notification M/s Highborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd., Survey No. 326P1, Village: Ravapar Nadi, Taluka: Morbi, District: Morbi, Gujarat. Contact No.: Proposed project Manufacturing of synthetic organic resin 5(f) A NABET sector 21 EIA Consultant Details T. R. Associates C-605/A, Ganesh Meridian, Opp. Kargil Petrol Pump, S.G. Name & address Highway, Ahmedabad, Gujarat. Contact No.: trassociates@hotmail.com; trassociates@ymail.com As per High Court Stay Order No. Status C/SCA/5312/2016 dated 05/04/2016 Details of Laboratory engaged in EIA Study Aavanira Biotech (P) Ltd. Kinetic Innovation Park, D-1 Block, Plot No. 18/1 Part, Name & address MIDC Chinchwad, Pune, Maharashtra. aavanira.bio@gmail.com NABL Accredited vide Certificate No. T-3134 dated valid upto Status MoEF Approved vide Notification dated valid upto CHAP-10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 253

254 CHAP-10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 254

255 CHAP-10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 255

256 CHAP-10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 256

257 CHAP-10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 257

258 CHAP-10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 258

259 10.2 Company profile T. R. ASSOCIATES is an organization working towards providing techno-economical solutions through innovative ideas and indigenous technologies, in the field of Pollution Control and Management. Having in-house facilities for Design, Execution, Erection and Commissioning; T. R. Associates undertakes project from Concept to Commissioning. T. R. ASSOCIATES is enlisted as Environmental Consultants and are recognized as Schedule-II Environmental Auditors by Gujarat Pollution Control Board Services T. R. Associates provides services in the areas, Research & Development Environmental Quality Monitoring Engineering Environment & Safety Consultation: Designs Environment & Safety Assessment: Environmental Impact Assessment Environmental Audit Safety Audit Risk Assessment Engineering Procurement & Commissioning: Effluent Treatment Plants Sewage Treatment Plants Common Effluent Treatment Plants Operation & Maintenance of Treatment Plants: Ambient air and Noise monitoring & analysis, Laboratory work: water & soil analysis Infrastructural facilities Office Premises: Office area of around 930 sq. ft. is located in commercial area on S. G. Highway, Opp. Gujarat High Court. The office and the laboratory are located very near, which help in maintaining the authenticity of the methodologies used for the analysis thus helping in arriving at the quality solution timely. Laboratory Facilities: Laboratory is a heart for any organization dealing in the environmental field. T. R. Associates has a NABL accredited Lab with a team of experience personnel who are trained in sampling for air, water and wastewater and for conducting Analysis, Treatability and Feasibility studies at its own well-equipped laboratory. Analytical Capability: The laboratory can undertake the qualitative and timely analysis of all the environmental parameters concerning Air, Water & Waste Water and Hazardous / Solid Waste. R&D Facilities: Has established bench scale models for process development, performance evaluation and process optimization. CHAP-10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 259

260 Communication Facilities: Main facilities like office and laboratory are located very near thus aiding faster communication between the personnel s thus helping at arriving to a solution faster. The infrastructure is adequately equipped with Telephone connections, Wi-Fi connection, Internet connection, Courier services etc. to have faster communication with the outer world. List of Instruments / Equipments / Model Magnetic Analytical Balance ph meter Conductivity Meter COD Digestion Assembly Incubator for BOD Refrigerator for storage of samples and reagents Digital UV Visible Spectrophotometer Magnetic Stirrer with Hot Plate Hot Plate Other Glassware Stack Monitoring Kits High Volume Air Samplers Respirable Dust Collector PM2.5 Sampler Wind Speed Meter Wind Direction Min. Max. Temperature Thermometer Dry Bulb Wet Bulb db meter Microscope with Halogen Lamp Oven Temperature Controller Muffle Furnace Flame Photometer CHAP-10: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS 260

261 ANNEXURES ANNEXURE 261

262 Annexure 1: Terms of Reference ANNEXURE 262

263 ANNEXURE 263

264 ANNEXURE 264

265 ANNEXURE 265

266 ANNEXURE 266

267 ANNEXURE 267

268 ANNEXURE 268

269 ANNEXURE 269

270 ANNEXURE 270

271 Annexure 2: Primary Meteorology Data taken at Project Site M/s Highborne Laminates Pvt. Ltd. for the Period Mach-2016 to May Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 271

272 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 272

273 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 273

274 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 274

275 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 275

276 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 276

277 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 277

278 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 278

279 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 279

280 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 280

281 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 281

282 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 282

283 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 283

284 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 284

285 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 285

286 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 286

287 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 287

288 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 288

289 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 289

290 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 290

291 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 291

292 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 292

293 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 293

294 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 294

295 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 295

296 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 296

297 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 297

298 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 298

299 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 299

300 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 300

301 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 301

302 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 302

303 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 303

304 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 304

305 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 305

306 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 306

307 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 307

308 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 308

309 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 309

310 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 310

311 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 311

312 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 312

313 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 313

314 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 314

315 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 315

316 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 316

317 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 317

318 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 318

319 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 319

320 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 320

321 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 321

322 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 322

323 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 323

324 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 324

325 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 325

326 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 326

327 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 327

328 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 328

329 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 329

330 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 330

331 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 331

332 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 332

333 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 333

334 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 334

335 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 335

336 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 336

337 Year Month Day Hour Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s) Wind Direction (degree) Cloud Cover (Tenth) Ceiling Height (m) ANNEXURE 337

338 Annexure 3: Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency Location: Project Site (A1) Date PM2.5 (μg/m 3 ) PM10 (μg/m 3 ) SO 2 (μg/m 3 ) NO 2 (μg/m 3 ) Min Max Mean CO & VOC = Not Detected ANNEXURE 338

339 Location: Kerala Village (A2) Date PM2.5 (μg/m 3 ) PM10 (μg/m 3 ) SO 2 (μg/m 3 ) NO 2 (μg/m 3 ) Min Max Mean CO & VOC = Not Detected ANNEXURE 339

340 Location: Juna Nagadavas Village (A3) Date PM2.5 (μg/m 3 ) PM10 (μg/m 3 ) SO 2 (μg/m 3 ) NO 2 (μg/m 3 ) Min Max Mean CO & VOC = Not Detected ANNEXURE 340

341 Location: Gala Village (A4) Date PM2.5 (μg/m 3 ) PM10 (μg/m 3 ) SO 2 (μg/m 3 ) NO 2 (μg/m 3 ) Min Max Mean CO & VOC = Not Detected ANNEXURE 341

342 Location: Waghpar (A5) Date PM2.5 (μg/m 3 ) PM10 (μg/m 3 ) SO 2 (μg/m 3 ) NO 2 (μg/m 3 ) Min Max Mean CO & VOC = Not Detected ANNEXURE 342

343 Location: Juna Derala Village (A6) Date PM2.5 (μg/m 3 ) PM10 (μg/m 3 ) SO 2 (μg/m 3 ) NO 2 (μg/m 3 ) Min Max Mean CO & VOC = Not Detected ANNEXURE 343

344 Location: Ravapar Nadi Village (A7) Date PM2.5 (μg/m 3 ) PM10 (μg/m 3 ) SO 2 (μg/m 3 ) NO 2 (μg/m 3 ) Min Max Mean CO & VOC = Not Detected ANNEXURE 344

345 Location: Haripar Village (A8) Date PM2.5 (μg/m 3 ) PM10 (μg/m 3 ) SO 2 (μg/m 3 ) NO 2 (μg/m 3 ) Min Max Mean CO & VOC = Not Detected ANNEXURE 345

346 Annexure 4: Land Documents ANNEXURE 346

347 ANNEXURE 347

348 ANNEXURE 348

349 ANNEXURE 349

350 ANNEXURE 350

351 ANNEXURE 351

352 ANNEXURE 352

353 ANNEXURE 353

354 ANNEXURE 354

355 ANNEXURE 355

356 ANNEXURE 356

357 ANNEXURE 357

358 ANNEXURE 358

359 ANNEXURE 359

360 ANNEXURE 360

361 ANNEXURE 361

362 ANNEXURE 362

363 ANNEXURE 363

364 ANNEXURE 364

365 ANNEXURE 365

366 ANNEXURE 366

367 ANNEXURE 367

368 ANNEXURE 368

369 ANNEXURE 369

370 ANNEXURE 370

371 ANNEXURE 371

372 ANNEXURE 372

373 ANNEXURE 373

374 ANNEXURE 374

375 Annexure 5: Material Safety Data Sheet 1. MSDS-Formaldehyde 37% Solution ANNEXURE 375

376 ANNEXURE 376

377 ANNEXURE 377

378 ANNEXURE 378

379 ANNEXURE 379

380 ANNEXURE 380

381 ANNEXURE 381

382 2. MSDS-Phenol ANNEXURE 382

383 ANNEXURE 383

384 ANNEXURE 384

385 ANNEXURE 385

386 ANNEXURE 386

387 ANNEXURE 387

388 3. MSDS-Melamine ANNEXURE 388

389 ANNEXURE 389

390 ANNEXURE 390

391 ANNEXURE 391

392 ANNEXURE 392

393 4. MSDS-Urea ANNEXURE 393

394 ANNEXURE 394

395 ANNEXURE 395

396 ANNEXURE 396

397 ANNEXURE 397

398 5. MSDS-Methyl Alcohol ANNEXURE 398

399 ANNEXURE 399

400 ANNEXURE 400

401 ANNEXURE 401

402 ANNEXURE 402

403 ANNEXURE 403

404 6. MSDS-Acetic Acid ANNEXURE 404

405 ANNEXURE 405

406 ANNEXURE 406

407 ANNEXURE 407

408 ANNEXURE 408

409 ANNEXURE 409

410 7. MSDS-Sodium Hydroxide ANNEXURE 410

411 ANNEXURE 411

412 ANNEXURE 412

413 ANNEXURE 413

414 ANNEXURE 414

415 ANNEXURE 415

416 Annexure 6: Public Hearing Minutes ANNEXURE 416

417 ANNEXURE 417

418 ANNEXURE 418

419 ANNEXURE 419

420 ANNEXURE 420

421 ANNEXURE 421

422 ANNEXURE 422

423 ANNEXURE 423

424 ANNEXURE 424

425 ANNEXURE 425

426 ANNEXURE 426

427 ANNEXURE 427

428 ANNEXURE 428

429 ANNEXURE 429

430 ANNEXURE 430

431 ANNEXURE 431

432 ANNEXURE 432

433 ANNEXURE 433

434 ANNEXURE 434

435 ANNEXURE 435

436 ANNEXURE 436

437 ANNEXURE 437

438 ANNEXURE 438

439 ANNEXURE 439

440 ANNEXURE 440

441 ANNEXURE 441

442 ANNEXURE 442

443 ANNEXURE 443

444 ANNEXURE 444

445 ANNEXURE 445

446 ANNEXURE 446

447 ANNEXURE 447

448 ANNEXURE 448

449 ANNEXURE 449

450 ANNEXURE 450